TWI640461B - Reversibly foldable freight container - Google Patents

Reversibly foldable freight container Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI640461B
TWI640461B TW106125306A TW106125306A TWI640461B TW I640461 B TWI640461 B TW I640461B TW 106125306 A TW106125306 A TW 106125306A TW 106125306 A TW106125306 A TW 106125306A TW I640461 B TWI640461 B TW I640461B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
hinge
abutment member
socket
protrusion
door
Prior art date
Application number
TW106125306A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201741210A (en
Inventor
喬治E 寇查諾斯基
Original Assignee
喬治E 寇查諾斯基
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 喬治E 寇查諾斯基 filed Critical 喬治E 寇查諾斯基
Priority to TW106125306A priority Critical patent/TWI640461B/en
Publication of TW201741210A publication Critical patent/TW201741210A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI640461B publication Critical patent/TWI640461B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Rigid Containers With Two Or More Constituent Elements (AREA)

Abstract

本揭示係提供一包括一第一對抵構件及一第二對抵構件之對抵接頭。第一對抵構件包括一從第一對抵構件肩延伸且具有一遠端之突部,一第一表面及一第二表面以一銳角從該遠端延伸朝向第一對抵構件肩。第二對抵構件具有一插座,第一對抵構件的突部係可釋放地座接至該插座內。插座具有以一銳角從第二對抵構件的一第一端延伸遠離之一第一表面及一第二表面。第二對抵構件的第一端係包括從插座延伸之第二對抵構件肩。 The present disclosure provides a mating joint including a first abutting member and a second abutting member. The first abutment member includes a protrusion extending from the first abutment member shoulder and having a distal end, a first surface and a second surface extending from the distal end toward the first abutment member shoulder at an acute angle. The second abutment member has a socket, and the protrusion of the first abutment member is releasably seated into the socket. The socket has a first surface and a second surface extending away from a first end of the second abutment member at an acute angle. The first end of the second abutment member includes a second abutment member shoulder extending from the socket.

Description

可逆式可折合貨櫃 Reversible foldable container

本揭示的實施例係有關於一接頭;更特別有關於一對抵接頭。 Embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to a joint; more particularly, to a pair of abutting joints.

貨櫃係用來將物品從一區位轉移至另一區位。貨櫃可經由諸如海運轉移、鐵路轉移、空運轉移、聯結尾車轉移等數種不同模式作轉移。 Containers are used to transfer items from one location to another. Containers can be transferred through several different modes such as sea transfer, railway transfer, air transfer, and end-of-flight transfer.

為了有助於改良效率,用來轉移物品的貨櫃已經標準化。一種如是標準化係由稱為ISO的國際標準化組織(International Organization for Standardization)所監管。ISO公告並修訂貨櫃的標準。這些貨櫃的ISO標準有助於使各貨櫃具有類似的物理性質。這些物理性質的範例係包括但不限於貨物容器的寬度、高度、深度、基底、最大負荷、及形狀。 To help improve efficiency, containers used to transfer items have been standardized. One such standardization is regulated by the International Organization for Standardization called ISO. ISO announces and revise the standards for containers. The ISO standards for these containers help to give similar physical properties to each container. Examples of such physical properties include, but are not limited to, the width, height, depth, substrate, maximum load, and shape of the cargo container.

本揭示係提供一對抵接頭、一包括該對抵接頭之接合構件、及一包括該對抵接頭之可逆式可折合貨櫃。對抵接頭包括一第一對抵構件及一第二對抵構件。第一對抵構件具有一從第一對抵構件肩延伸之突部。突部具有一遠 端,一第一表面及一第二表面以一銳角從該遠端延伸朝向第一對抵構件肩。第二對抵構件具有一插座,第一對抵構件的突部係可釋放地座接至該插座內。插座具有以一銳角從第二對抵構件的一第一端延伸遠離之一第一表面及一第二表面。第二對抵構件的第一端係包括從插座延伸之第二對抵構件肩。當第一對抵構件的突部座接在第二對抵構件的插座中時,突部的第二表面及插座的第二表面係碰觸,且第二對抵構件肩及第一對抵構件肩係碰觸。 The present disclosure provides a pair of abutting joints, a joint member including the pair of joints, and a reversibly foldable freight container including the pair of joints. The abutting joint includes a first abutting member and a second abutting member. The first abutment member has a projection extending from the shoulder of the first abutment member. The protrusion has a far The first surface and the second surface extend from the distal end toward the first abutment member shoulder at an acute angle. The second abutment member has a socket, and the protrusion of the first abutment member is releasably seated into the socket. The socket has a first surface and a second surface extending away from a first end of the second abutment member at an acute angle. The first end of the second abutment member includes a second abutment member shoulder extending from the socket. When the protrusion of the first abutting member is seated in the socket of the second abutting member, the second surface of the protrusion and the second surface of the socket are in contact, and the second abutting member shoulder and the first pair The shoulders of the components touch.

對於不同實施例,具有從第二對抵構件的第一端延伸遠離之第一表面及第二表面的插座係具有與第一對抵構件第一表面及第二表面的銳角相等之一銳角,且當第一對抵構件的突部座接在第二對抵構件的插座中時,突部的第一表面及插座的第一表面係碰觸,突部的第二表面及插座的第二表面係碰觸,且第二對抵構件肩及第一對抵構件肩係碰觸。突部的遠端亦可界定一與突部的第一表面形成一鈍角之平面性表面,且其中平面性表面與突部的第二表面形成一九十度角。第一對抵構件肩係包括一從突部的第一表面延伸之第一肩表面及一從突部的第二表面延伸之第二肩表面。第二肩表面及突部的第二表面形成一九十度角。第一肩表面及突部的第一表面形成一鈍角。 For various embodiments, the socket having the first surface and the second surface extending away from the first end of the second abutment member has an acute angle equal to the acute angle of the first surface and the second surface of the first abutment member, And when the protrusion of the first abutting member is seated in the socket of the second abutting member, the first surface of the protrusion and the first surface of the socket are in contact, the second surface of the protrusion and the second portion of the socket The surface is in contact with the second opposing member shoulder and the first opposing member shoulder. The distal end of the projection may also define a planar surface that forms an obtuse angle with the first surface of the projection, and wherein the planar surface forms a ninety degree angle with the second surface of the projection. The first abutment member shoulder includes a first shoulder surface extending from the first surface of the protrusion and a second shoulder surface extending from the second surface of the protrusion. The second shoulder surface and the second surface of the projection form a ninety degree angle. The first shoulder surface and the first surface of the protrusion form an obtuse angle.

相對於本揭示的接合構件,此結構係包括一第一長形段、一第二長形段及對抵接頭。第一長形段係包括一第一端及一與第一端相對之第二端,第二端接合至一第一鉸鍊。第二長形段係包括一第一端及一與第一端相對之第 二端,第二端接合至一第二鉸鍊。對抵接頭係包括第一對抵構件及第二對抵構件,如本文所討論,其中第一對抵構件形成第一長形段的一部份且第二對抵構件形成第二長形段的一部份。 In contrast to the joint members of the present disclosure, the structure includes a first elongate section, a second elongate section, and a counter abutment. The first elongated section includes a first end and a second end opposite the first end, the second end being coupled to a first hinge. The second elongated section includes a first end and a first end opposite the first end The two ends are joined to a second hinge. The abutting joint comprises a first abutting member and a second abutting member, as discussed herein, wherein the first abutment member forms a portion of the first elongate segment and the second abutment member forms a second elongate segment Part of it.

本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃係包括一屋頂結構;一與屋頂結構相對之地板結構;位於地板結構與屋頂結構之間的側壁結構,側壁結構的各者具有一外部表面及一與外部表面相對之內部表面;一接合於屋頂結構、地板結構及側壁結構之前壁,前壁係包括前壁角柱、一位於前壁角柱的至少一者上之前門鉸鍊以及一接合至前門鉸鍊之前門,一接合於屋頂結構、地板結構及側壁結構之後壁,其中屋頂結構、地板結構、側壁結構的內部表面及後壁係界定可逆式可折合貨櫃的一容積,後壁係包括後壁角柱、一位於後壁角柱上之鉸鍊以及一接合至該鉸鍊之後壁門,其中鉸鍊可在一第一預定位置中被鎖固至後壁角柱,使得後壁門可樞轉於鉸鍊上以與側壁結構的外部表面相鄰延伸或可在一第二預定位置中被解鎖於後壁角柱,使得後壁門可樞轉至可逆式可折合貨櫃的容積內並與側壁結構的內部表面相鄰延伸,且其中在一未折合狀態中,可逆式可折合貨櫃具有在後壁角柱的兩者各者上之一預定點所測量之一預定最大寬度;以及如本文所討論位於地板結構中之複數個接合構件。 The reversible foldable freight container of the present disclosure includes a roof structure; a floor structure opposite the roof structure; a side wall structure between the floor structure and the roof structure, each of the side wall structures having an outer surface and an outer surface An inner surface; a front wall joined to the roof structure, the floor structure and the side wall structure, the front wall system comprising a front wall corner post, a front door hinge on at least one of the front wall corner posts, and a front door hinged to the front door hinge, a joint The roof structure, the floor structure and the rear wall of the side wall structure, wherein the roof structure, the floor structure, the inner surface and the rear wall of the side wall structure define a volume of the reversibly foldable container, the rear wall system includes a rear wall corner post and a rear wall a hinge on the corner post and a wall door joined to the hinge, wherein the hinge is locked to the rear wall corner post in a first predetermined position such that the rear wall door is pivotable on the hinge to be opposite the outer surface of the side wall structure The adjacent extension may be unlocked to the rear wall corner post in a second predetermined position such that the rear wall door is pivotable to the capacity of the reversibly foldable container And extending adjacent to an interior surface of the sidewall structure, and wherein in an unfolded state, the reversibly foldable container has a predetermined maximum width measured at a predetermined point on each of the back wall corner posts; A plurality of joint members are located in the floor structure as discussed herein.

本揭示的上述概要並無意描述本揭示的各揭露實施例或每種實行方式。後文描述更特別地示範示範性實 施例。在申請案全文數處,經由範例清單提供引導,該等範例可以不同組合作使用。在各情形中,所引述清單只作為代表性群組且不應被詮釋成窮舉性清單。 The above summary of the disclosure is not intended to describe the disclosed embodiments or the embodiments. The following description more particularly demonstrates exemplary reality Example. In the full text of the application, guidance is provided via a sample list, which can be used in different groups. In each case, the cited list is only representative of the group and should not be interpreted as an exhaustive list.

100,300,400,600,700‧‧‧對抵接頭 100,300,400,600,700‧‧‧

102,202,302,402,502,602,702,802,1102‧‧‧第一對抵構件 102,202,302,402,502,602,702,802,1102‧‧‧first opposing member

104,204,304,404,428,504,604,704,804,1104‧‧‧第二對抵構件 104,204,304,404,428,504,604,704,804,1104‧‧‧second opposing member

106,306,406‧‧‧突部 106,306,406‧‧‧

108,408‧‧‧第一對抵構件肩 108, 408‧‧‧ first pair of shoulders

110‧‧‧遠端 110‧‧‧ distal

112‧‧‧第一對抵構件102的第一表面 112‧‧‧ First surface of the first abutment member 102

114‧‧‧第一對抵構件102的第二表面 114‧‧‧ second surface of the first abutment member 102

116‧‧‧第一表面112及第二表面114的銳角 116‧‧‧ an acute angle of the first surface 112 and the second surface 114

117,127,133,137,143,147,151,153,255‧‧‧共同端點 117,127,133,137,143,147,151,153,255‧‧‧Common endpoint

118,318,418,15586,19657,20557,21420‧‧‧插座 118,318,418,15586,19657,20557,21420‧‧ Socket

120‧‧‧插座118的第一表面 120‧‧‧ first surface of the socket 118

122‧‧‧插座118的第二表面 122‧‧‧ second surface of the socket 118

124‧‧‧第二對抵構件104的第一端 124‧‧‧ the first end of the second abutment member 104

126‧‧‧銳角 126‧‧ an acute angle

128‧‧‧第二對抵構件肩 128‧‧‧Second pair of shoulders

130,136‧‧‧平面性表面 130,136‧‧‧ planar surface

132,145,152‧‧‧鈍角 132,145,152‧‧‧ obtuse angle

134‧‧‧插座118的第二端 134‧‧‧second end of socket 118

138‧‧‧第一對抵構件102的第一肩表面 138‧‧‧ First shoulder surface of the first abutment member 102

140‧‧‧第一對抵構件102的第二肩表面 140‧‧‧Second shoulder surface of the first abutment member 102

141‧‧‧九十度角 141‧‧‧90 degree angle

142,148‧‧‧共同平面 142,148‧‧‧Common plane

144‧‧‧第二對抵構件104的第一肩表面 144‧‧‧ the first shoulder surface of the second abutment member 104

146‧‧‧第二對抵構件104的第二肩表面 146‧‧‧ second shoulder surface of the second abutment member 104

155,1800,9150,13500,14500,16500,18500,19500,20500,22500‧‧‧可逆式可折合貨櫃 155, 1800, 9150, 13500, 14500, 16500, 18500, 19500, 20500, 22500‧ ‧ reversible foldable containers

158,162‧‧‧第一周邊表面 158,162‧‧‧First perimeter surface

159‧‧‧第一對抵構件102的底表面 159‧‧‧ bottom surface of the first abutment member 102

160,164‧‧‧第二周邊表面 160,164‧‧‧second peripheral surface

214‧‧‧第一對抵構件202的第二表面 214‧‧‧ second surface of the first abutment member 202

222‧‧‧第二對抵構件204的第二表面 222‧‧‧ second surface of the second abutment member 204

240‧‧‧肩表面 240‧‧‧ shoulder surface

246‧‧‧第二肩表面 246‧‧‧Second shoulder surface

254‧‧‧角 254‧‧‧ corner

310‧‧‧突部306的遠端 310‧‧‧ distal end of the protrusion 306

312‧‧‧突部306的第一表面 312‧‧‧ First surface of the protrusion 306

320‧‧‧插座318的第一表面 320‧‧‧ first surface of socket 318

334‧‧‧插座318的第二端 334‧‧‧second end of socket 318

358,13558,14558,15558,20558‧‧‧鎖固桿 358,13558,14558,15558,20558‧‧‧Locking rod

366,466,9162‧‧‧縱向軸線 366,466,9162‧‧‧ longitudinal axis

368‧‧‧正交軸線 368‧‧‧Orthogonal axis

369,469‧‧‧拱形移行路徑 369, 469‧‧ ‧ arched path

370,1170‧‧‧第一間隙 370, 1170‧‧‧ first gap

372,1172‧‧‧第二間隙 372,1172‧‧‧Second gap

406‧‧‧第一對抵構件402的突部 406‧‧‧The protrusion of the first abutment member 402

410‧‧‧突部406遠端 410‧‧‧The distal end of the 406

412,7108,8108‧‧‧第一表面 412, 7108, 8108‧‧‧ first surface

414,7112,8112‧‧‧第二表面 414, 7112, 8112‧‧‧ second surface

420‧‧‧插座418的第一表面 420‧‧‧ first surface of socket 418

422‧‧‧插座418的第二表面 422‧‧‧ second surface of socket 418

424‧‧‧第二對抵構件404的第一端 424‧‧‧ the first end of the second abutment member 404

474,674,774,874,974,1174,1274,1374,2250,13510‧‧‧接合構件 474,674,774,874,974,1174,1274,1374,2250,13510‧‧‧ joint members

476,576,676,776,876,1176‧‧‧第一長形段 476,576,676,776,876,1176‧‧‧1st long segment

477,577,677,777,877,1177‧‧‧第二長形段 477,577,677,777,877,1177‧‧‧Second long segment

478‧‧‧第一長形段476的第一端 478‧‧‧ the first end of the first elongated section 476

480‧‧‧第一長形段476的第二端 480‧‧‧ second end of the first elongated section 476

482,682,882,1182-1‧‧‧第一鉸鍊 482,682,882,1182-1‧‧‧First hinge

486‧‧‧第二長形段477的第一端 486‧‧‧ the first end of the second elongated section 477

488‧‧‧第二長形段477的第二端 488‧‧‧ second end of second elongated section 477

489,689,889‧‧‧第一側軌 489,689,889‧‧‧First side rail

490,690,890,1182-2‧‧‧第二鉸鍊 490,690,890,1182-2‧‧‧Second hinge

491,691,891‧‧‧第二側軌 491,691,891‧‧‧second side rail

492,592,692‧‧‧第一端連接器 492,592,692‧‧‧first end connector

493,593,693‧‧‧第二端連接器 493,593,693‧‧‧second end connector

494‧‧‧上表面 494‧‧‧ upper surface

495,497,695,697‧‧‧結構 495,497,695,697‧‧‧structure

498‧‧‧往下方向 498‧‧‧down direction

578‧‧‧管狀結構的第一端 578‧‧‧ first end of the tubular structure

580‧‧‧管狀結構的第二端 580‧‧‧ second end of the tubular structure

586‧‧‧管狀結構第一端 586‧‧‧The first end of the tubular structure

588‧‧‧管狀結構第二端 588‧‧‧The second end of the tubular structure

678‧‧‧第一長形段676的第一端 678‧‧‧ First end of the first elongated section 676

680‧‧‧第一長形段676的第二端 680‧‧‧The second end of the first elongated section 676

686‧‧‧第二長形段677的第一端 686‧‧‧ the first end of the second elongated section 677

688‧‧‧第二長形段677的第二端 688‧‧‧ second end of second elongated section 677

706‧‧‧第一對抵構件702的突部 706‧‧‧The protrusion of the first opposing member 702

718‧‧‧第二對抵構件704的插座 718‧‧‧ socket of the second abutment member 704

1180,1188,7118,7118-A,7118-B,11118,11118-A,11118-B‧‧‧第二端 1180, 1188, 7118, 7118-A, 7118-B, 11118, 11118-A, 11118-B‧‧‧ second end

1182‧‧‧間隙 1182‧‧‧ gap

4101,4101-1,4101-2‧‧‧上表面 4101,4101-1,4101-2‧‧‧ upper surface

6100,7100,8100,11100,12100‧‧‧緊固件 6100,7100,8100,11100,12100‧‧‧fasteners

6102,7102,11102‧‧‧第一樑 6102,7102,11102‧‧‧First beam

6104,7104,11104‧‧‧第二樑 6104, 7104, 11104‧‧‧ second beam

7106‧‧‧長橢圓形開口 7106‧‧‧Long oval opening

7108‧‧‧第一長橢圓形開口7110的表面 7108‧‧‧ Surface of the first oblong opening 7110

7110,8110,11110,12110‧‧‧第一長橢圓形開口 7110, 8110, 11110, 12110‧‧‧ first elliptical opening

7112‧‧‧第二長橢圓形開口7114的表面 7112‧‧‧ Surface of the second oblong opening 7114

7114,8114,11114,12114‧‧‧第二長橢圓形開口 7114, 8114, 11114, 12114‧‧‧ second long oval opening

7116,7116-A,7116-B,11116,11116-A,11116-B‧‧‧第一端 7116, 7116-A, 7116-B, 11116, 11116-A, 11116-B‧‧‧ first end

7120‧‧‧縱向軸線,主要軸線 7120‧‧‧ longitudinal axis, main axis

7122‧‧‧軸向中心,縱向軸線 7122‧‧‧Axial center, longitudinal axis

7124‧‧‧次要軸線 7124‧‧‧ secondary axis

7126,13550‧‧‧高度 7126, 13550‧‧‧ height

7128,13552‧‧‧寬度 7128, 13552‧‧‧Width

7130‧‧‧第一長形段776的第一端 7130‧‧‧ First end of the first elongated section 776

7132‧‧‧第二長形段777的第一端 7132‧‧‧ The first end of the second elongated section 777

7134,8134‧‧‧結構性負荷 7134, 8134‧‧‧ Structural load

7136,7138,17623,19623,19659,19695,25640,25652,25836‧‧‧表面 7136,7138,17623,19623,19659,19695,25640,25652,25836‧‧‧ Surface

8116‧‧‧第一及第二長橢圓形開口8110及8114的表面 8116‧‧‧ Surfaces of the first and second oblong openings 8110 and 8114

8140‧‧‧第一構件端 8140‧‧‧ first component end

8142‧‧‧第二構件端 8142‧‧‧Second component end

8144‧‧‧經界定最大長度 8144‧‧‧ defined maximum length

9152,13532-1,13532-2,18532,22532-1,22532-2‧‧‧後壁角柱 9152,13532-1,13532-2,18532,22532-1,22532-2‧‧‧ rear corner column

9152-1‧‧‧第一角柱 9152-1‧‧‧first corner column

9152-2‧‧‧第二角柱 9152-2‧‧‧second corner column

9152-3‧‧‧第三角柱 9152-3‧‧‧third corner column

9152-4‧‧‧第四角柱 9152-4‧‧‧fourth column

9154,9154-1-9154-8,13534,21534,22534‧‧‧角配件 9154,9154-1-9154-8,13534,21534,22534‧‧‧ Corner fittings

9155‧‧‧可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的預定最大寬度 9155‧‧‧Predetermined maximum width of reversible foldable container 9150

9156-1,11156-1,13518-1,22506-1‧‧‧第一底側軌 9156-1, 11156-1, 13518-1, 22506-1‧‧‧ first bottom side rail

9156-2,11156-2,13518-2,22506-2‧‧‧第二底側軌 9156-2, 11156-2, 13518-2, 22506-2‧‧‧ second bottom side rail

9158-1,13516-1,22516-1‧‧‧第一上側軌 9158-1, 13516-1, 22516-1‧‧‧ first upper side rail

9158-2,13516-2,22516-2‧‧‧第二上側軌 9158-2, 13516-2, 22516-2‧‧‧ second upper side rail

9164,10164,13512,14512,16512,18512,20512,22512‧‧‧容積 9164,10164,13512,14512,16512,18512,20512,22512‧‧ ‧ volume

10155‧‧‧預定最大寬度 10155‧‧‧Predetermined maximum width

10156-1,10156-2,22518-1,22518-2‧‧‧底側軌 10156-1, 10156-2, 22518-1, 22518-2‧‧‧ bottom rail

10166‧‧‧貨櫃 10166‧‧‧ Containers

10168-1-10168-3,13513,13544,15544,17544,18544,19544,19653,20544,22020,22344,23544,24544,25544,25544‧‧‧鉸鍊 10168-1-10168-3,13513,13544,15544,17544,18544,19544,19653,20544,22020,22344,23544,24544,25544,25544‧‧‧Histor

10170‧‧‧橫向構件 10170‧‧‧Horizontal components

10172‧‧‧橫向構件10170的表面 10172‧‧‧ Surface of the cross member 10170

10174‧‧‧橫向構件10170的上表面 10174‧‧‧ Upper surface of the cross member 10170

10178,11208‧‧‧直角三角形 10178, 11208‧‧‧ right triangle

10180‧‧‧斜邊 10180‧‧‧Bevel

10182,11209‧‧‧第一腳 10182, 11209‧‧‧ first foot

10184‧‧‧第二腳 10184‧‧‧second foot

10186‧‧‧移行方向 10186‧‧‧Transition direction

10716‧‧‧平面 10716‧‧‧ plane

11108‧‧‧第一樑11102的表面 11108‧‧‧ Surface of the first beam 11102

11112‧‧‧第二樑11104的表面 11112‧‧‧ Surface of the second beam 11104

11120‧‧‧第一長橢圓形開口11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的縱向軸線 11120‧‧‧ longitudinal axis of the first oblong opening 11110 and the second oblong opening 11114

11122‧‧‧緊固件11100的軸向中心 11122‧‧‧Axial center of fastener 11100

11124‧‧‧第一長橢圓形開口11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的次要軸線 11124‧‧‧second axis of the first oblong opening 11110 and the second oblong opening 11114

11144‧‧‧預定最大長度,經界定最大長度 11144‧‧‧Predetermined maximum length, defined maximum length

11192‧‧‧第一及第二樑的上表面 11192‧‧‧ Upper surface of the first and second beams

11204,11206‧‧‧破折線 11204, 11206‧‧‧ broken line

11212‧‧‧第一線 11212‧‧‧First line

11213‧‧‧第二線 11213‧‧‧second line

11230‧‧‧長度 11230‧‧‧ Length

12120‧‧‧第一長橢圓形開口及第二長橢圓形的縱向軸線 12120‧‧‧The first elliptical opening and the second oblong elliptical longitudinal axis

13502,14502,16502,20502,22502‧‧‧地板結構 13502, 14502, 16502, 20502, 22502‧‧‧ floor structure

13504,13507‧‧‧外部表面 13504, 13507‧‧‧ External surface

13504,14504,22504‧‧‧屋頂結構 13504, 14504, 22504‧‧‧ Roof structure

13506-1‧‧‧第一側壁結構 13506-1‧‧‧First sidewall structure

13506-2‧‧‧第二側壁結構 13506-2‧‧‧Second sidewall structure

13511‧‧‧內部表面 13511‧‧‧Internal surface

13514-1‧‧‧第一側壁面板 13514-1‧‧‧First side wall panel

13514-2‧‧‧第二側壁面板 13514-2‧‧‧Second side wall panel

13520‧‧‧地板件 13520‧‧‧Floor parts

13524,22524‧‧‧堆高囊袋 13524,22524‧‧‧heavy pouch

13526,14528,22526‧‧‧後壁 13526, 14528, 22526‧‧‧ Back wall

13528,21528‧‧‧前壁 13528, 21528‧‧‧ front wall

13530‧‧‧端構架 13530‧‧‧End architecture

13531,14530,15530,19530,20530,22531‧‧‧後壁端構件 13531, 14530, 15530, 19530, 20530, 22531‧‧‧ rear wall end members

13532,23532,24532,25532‧‧‧角柱 13532,23532,24532,25532‧‧‧ corner column

13532-3,13532-4,21532,21532-3,21532-4‧‧‧前壁角柱 13532-3, 13532-4, 21532, 21532-3, 21532-4‧‧‧ front wall corner column

13533,21533‧‧‧前壁端構架 13533, 21533‧‧‧ front wall end frame

13536‧‧‧頭座 13536‧‧‧ head seat

13538‧‧‧檻台 13538‧‧‧槛台

13540,15540,16540‧‧‧門總成 13540, 15540, 16540‧‧‧ door assembly

13542,14542,15542,16542,20524,24542,24542-1, 24542-2‧‧‧門 13542, 14542, 15542, 16542, 20524, 24542, 24542-1, 24542-2‧‧‧

13546,15546,22546‧‧‧後壁頭座構件 13546, 15546, 22546‧‧‧ Rear wall head member

13548,15548,20548,22548‧‧‧後壁檻台構件 13548,15548,20548,22548‧‧‧Back wall members

13554,14554‧‧‧區域 13554, 14554‧‧‧ area

13556‧‧‧墊片 13556‧‧‧shims

13560,14560,15560,22560,24560‧‧‧凸輪 13560, 14560, 15560, 22560, 24560‧‧‧ cam

13562,15562‧‧‧握柄 13562, 15562‧‧‧ grip

13564,14564,15564‧‧‧支承框架總成 13564, 14564, 15564‧‧‧Support frame assembly

13566,14566,15566,22566‧‧‧凸輪保持器 13566, 14566, 15566, 22566‧‧‧ cam holder

14506-1,14506-2,18506,20506-1,20506-2,22506-1, 22506-2‧‧‧側壁結構 14506-1, 14506-2, 18506, 20506-1, 20506-2, 22506-1, 22506-2‧‧‧ sidewall structure

14568‧‧‧鎖固桿14558的縱向軸線 14568‧‧‧The longitudinal axis of the locking rod 14558

14570,15570‧‧‧第一部分 14570, 15570‧‧‧ Part 1

14572,15572‧‧‧第二部分 14572,15572‧‧‧Part II

14574,15574‧‧‧連接軸 14574, 15574‧‧‧ Connecting shaft

14576‧‧‧鎖固桿14558的長度 14576‧‧‧ Length of locking rod 14558

14578,15578‧‧‧抗破壞環 14578,15578‧‧‧Anti-destructive ring

15570‧‧‧鎖固桿15558的第一部分 The first part of the 15570‧‧‧ locking rod 15558

15572‧‧‧鎖固桿15558的第二部分 15572‧‧‧Second part of the locking rod 15558

15580‧‧‧調整構件 15580‧‧‧Adjustment components

15582‧‧‧調整構件15580第一端 15582‧‧‧Adjustment member 15580 first end

15583‧‧‧調整構件15580第二端 15583‧‧‧Adjustment member 15580 second end

15587‧‧‧第一開口 15587‧‧‧First opening

15588‧‧‧扣件板 15588‧‧‧fastener board

15589‧‧‧第二開口 15589‧‧‧second opening

15590‧‧‧扣件擋器 15590‧‧‧Block stopper

15592‧‧‧轂安裝框架 15592‧‧‧ hub mounting frame

15594‧‧‧安裝框架 15594‧‧‧Installation framework

16596‧‧‧輪 16596‧‧‧ round

16598‧‧‧輪軸 16598‧‧·Axle

17601,18601,25601‧‧‧第一翼 17601, 18601, 25601‧‧‧ first wing

17603,18603,19603,25603‧‧‧第二翼 17603, 18603, 19603, 25603‧‧‧ second wing

17605,18605,25605‧‧‧第一鉸鍊銷 17605, 18605, 25605‧‧‧ first hinge pin

17607‧‧‧第二翼17603的第一平面性部分 17607‧‧‧ The first planar part of the second wing 17603

17609‧‧‧第一平面性部分17607的第一端 17609‧‧‧ First end of the first planar portion 17607

17611‧‧‧第一平面性部分17607的第二端 17611‧‧‧ second end of the first planar portion 17607

17613,19613,25613‧‧‧第二平面性部分 17613,19613,25613‧‧‧second planar part

17615,19612,19615,19669,25615‧‧‧鉸鍊突耳 17615,19612,19615,19669,25615‧‧‧Hinged lugs

17617,19617,25617‧‧‧第一組的表面 17617, 19617, 25617‧‧‧ Surface of the first group

17619,17625,19619,19625,19661,19697,25619,25642,25654‧‧‧開口 17619,17625,19619,19625,19661,19697,25619,25642,25654‧‧‧ openings

17621,19621,25621‧‧‧第二鉸鍊銷 17621,19621,25621‧‧‧Second hinge pin

17627,19627,20627,25832‧‧‧鎖固銷 17627,19627,20627,25832‧‧‧Lock pins

17629‧‧‧第一主要表面 17629‧‧‧ first major surface

17631‧‧‧第二平面性部分17613的第二主要表面 17631‧‧‧Second major surface of the second planar portion 17613

17633‧‧‧第一翼17601的第一主要表面 17633‧‧‧The first major surface of the first wing 17601

17635‧‧‧第二主要表面 17635‧‧‧Second major surface

17637‧‧‧第一翼17601第一端 17637‧‧‧ First end of the first wing 17601

17639‧‧‧第一翼17601第二端 17639‧‧‧First wing 17601 second end

17643‧‧‧第二平面性部分17613的端 17643‧‧‧End of the second planar portion 17613

17645,25645‧‧‧第一周邊邊緣 17645,25645‧‧‧First perimeter edge

18414‧‧‧節點 18414‧‧‧ nodes

18450‧‧‧延伸部 18450‧‧‧Extension

18510‧‧‧側壁結構18506之內部表面 18510‧‧‧ Interior surface of sidewall structure 18506

18547,19547,25547‧‧‧J棒 18547, 19547, 25547‧‧‧J rod

18549,19549,23549,25549‧‧‧U通路 18549, 19549, 23549, 25549‧‧U path

18651‧‧‧第二翼18603的移行路徑 18651‧‧‧The travel path of the second wing 18603

19621‧‧‧鉸鍊銷 19621‧‧‧Hinged pin

19623‧‧‧鉸鍊突耳19669的開口 19623‧‧‧ Opening of hinged lug 19669

19655,20655,21700‧‧‧座接區塊 19655, 20655, 21700‧‧‧Seat block

19663‧‧‧下座接區塊 19663‧‧‧The next block

19665‧‧‧上座接區塊 19665‧‧‧上上块块

19667‧‧‧下鉸鍊突耳 19667‧‧‧ Lower hinge lugs

19671‧‧‧下座接區塊19663的第一表面 19671‧‧‧The first surface of the lower block 19663

19673‧‧‧下座接區塊19663的第二表面 19673‧‧‧Second surface of the lower block 19663

19675‧‧‧下座接區塊19663的第三表面 19675‧‧‧The third surface of the lower block 19663

19677‧‧‧上座接區塊19665的第一表面 19677‧‧‧The first surface of the upper block 19665

19679‧‧‧上座接區塊19665的第二表面 19679‧‧‧Second surface of the upper block 19665

19681‧‧‧上座接區塊19665的第三表面 19681‧‧‧The third surface of the upper block 19665

19685‧‧‧鎖固銷移行停止器 19685‧‧‧Lock pin shift stop

19691‧‧‧第二鉸鍊銷19621的旋轉軸線 19691‧‧‧Rotation axis of the second hinge pin 19621

19693‧‧‧鎖固銷19627表面 19693‧‧‧Lock pin 19627 surface

20508‧‧‧側壁結構20506-1及20506-2的外部表面 20508‧‧‧ Exterior surfaces of sidewall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2

20510‧‧‧側壁結構20506-1及20506-2的內部表面 20510‧‧‧ Interior surfaces of sidewall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2

20546‧‧‧後門頭座構件 20546‧‧‧Back door head member

21400‧‧‧前門鉸鍊 21400‧‧‧ Front door hinge

21402‧‧‧前門 21402‧‧‧ front door

21406‧‧‧平面性椼架 21406‧‧‧Flat truss

21410‧‧‧直線構件 21410‧‧‧Linear components

21422‧‧‧平面性椼架21406的端部分 End part of the 21422‧‧ ‧ planar truss 21406

21456‧‧‧鎖固板 21456‧‧‧Locking plate

21460‧‧‧相反移行方向 21460‧‧‧The opposite direction of travel

21536‧‧‧前壁頭座構件 21536‧‧‧Front wall head member

21538‧‧‧前壁檻台構件 21538‧‧‧Front wall unit components

21710,22750‧‧‧檻台鉸鍊 21710, 22750‧‧‧槛Hing hinge

21712,22752‧‧‧頭座鉸鍊 21712, 22752‧‧‧ head hinge

21714‧‧‧樞轉銷 21714‧‧‧ pivot pin

21716‧‧‧門鎖 21716‧‧‧door lock

21718‧‧‧框架 21718‧‧‧Frame

21720‧‧‧滑動構件 21720‧‧‧Sliding members

21722‧‧‧延伸構件 21722‧‧‧Extension members

21760-1,21760-2,22760-1,22760-2,205100‧‧‧閂鎖 21760-1, 21760-2, 22760-1, 22760-2, 205100‧‧‧Latch

22261‧‧‧第一屋頂面板段 22261‧‧‧First roof panel section

22263‧‧‧第二屋頂面板段 22263‧‧‧Second roof panel section

22265‧‧‧第三屋頂面板段 22265‧‧‧ Third roof panel section

22266‧‧‧地板化表面 22266‧‧‧Flat surface

22267‧‧‧第一地板段 22267‧‧‧First floor section

22269‧‧‧第二地板段 22269‧‧‧Second floor segment

22499‧‧‧角配件的外部表面 22499‧‧‧ Exterior surface of corner fittings

22501‧‧‧經界定最大寬度 22501‧‧‧ defined maximum width

22511‧‧‧側壁結構22506-1及22506-2的內部表面 22511‧‧‧ Interior surfaces of sidewall structures 22506-1 and 22506-2

22542‧‧‧後門 22542‧‧‧Back door

22542‧‧‧後壁門 22542‧‧‧Back wall door

22600‧‧‧樑箱 22600‧‧‧beam box

22602‧‧‧側向鎖構件 22602‧‧‧ lateral locking members

22610‧‧‧銷 22610‧‧ ‧ sales

22756‧‧‧樞軸銷 22756‧‧‧Pivot pin

23542‧‧‧貨櫃的門 23542‧‧ ‧ container door

23603‧‧‧鉸鍊23544的第二翼 23603‧‧‧second wing of hinge 23544

23800,24800‧‧‧抗破壞支撐件 23800, 24800‧‧‧Anti-destructive support

23802‧‧‧第一突耳 23802‧‧‧First ear

23804‧‧‧第二突耳 23804‧‧‧second lug

23806‧‧‧安裝支撐件 23806‧‧‧Installation support

23809‧‧‧周邊邊緣 23809‧‧‧ peripheral edge

23810‧‧‧第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的第一表面 23810‧‧ The first surface of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804

23812‧‧‧凹部 23812‧‧‧ recess

23814‧‧‧第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的第二表面 23814‧‧ The second surface of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804

23816‧‧‧第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的第三表面 23816‧‧ The third surface of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804

24542‧‧‧貨櫃的端構架 24542‧‧ ‧ end frame of the container

24820‧‧‧抗破壞區塊 24820‧‧‧Anti-damage block

24822‧‧‧籤片 24822‧‧‧Sampling

24824‧‧‧槽 24824‧‧‧ slots

25603‧‧‧鉸鍊25544的第二翼 25603‧‧‧second wing of hinge 25544

25607‧‧‧第二翼25603的第一平面性部分 25607‧‧‧ The first planar part of the second wing 25603

25609‧‧‧第一平面性部分25607第一端 25609‧‧‧ first flat part 25607 first end

25611‧‧‧第一平面性部分25607第二端 25611‧‧‧First flat portion 25607 second end

25613‧‧‧第二翼25603的第二平面性部分 25613‧‧ The second planar part of the second wing 25603

25615‧‧‧突耳 25615‧‧‧ ears

25629‧‧‧第二平面性部分25613的第一主要表面 25629‧‧‧ The first major surface of the second planar portion 25613

25631‧‧‧第二平面性部分25613的第二主要表面 25631‧‧‧Second major surface of the second planar portion 25613

25633‧‧‧第一翼25601的第一主要表面 25633‧‧‧The first major surface of the first wing 25601

25635‧‧‧第一翼25601的第二主要表面 25635‧‧‧Second major surface of the first wing 25601

25637‧‧‧第一翼25601第一端 25637‧‧‧ First end of the first wing 25601

25639‧‧‧第一翼25601第二端 25639‧‧‧First wing 25601 second end

25642‧‧‧開口 25642‧‧‧ openings

25643‧‧‧第二平面性部分25613的端 25643‧‧‧ the end of the second planar part 25613

25650‧‧‧支撐區塊 25650‧‧‧Support block

25830‧‧‧H區塊 25830‧‧‧H block

25840‧‧‧孔 25840‧‧‧ hole

第1A至1D圖顯示根據本揭示的不同實施例之一對抵接頭的一第一構件(第1A圖)及一第二構件(第1B圖)的立體圖(第1A及1B圖)及平面圖(第1C及1D圖);第2圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之一對抵接頭的一第一構件及一第二構件之立體圖;第3A至3D圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之一對抵接頭的一第一構件及一第二構件之立體圖;第4A及4B圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之一包括一第一長形段、一第二長形段及對抵接頭之接合構件的立體圖;第5A及5B圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之一包括一第一長形段、一第二長形段及對抵接頭之接合構件的立體圖;第6A及6B圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之接合構件的立體圖;第7圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之接合構件的立體圖;第8圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之接合構件的平面圖;第9A及9B圖顯示根據本揭示的一可逆式可折合 貨櫃,其中可逆式可折合貨櫃的部分已被移除以顯示細節;第10圖顯示以部份圖顯示的一貨櫃的端視圖;第11A至11E圖顯示根據本揭示之一接合構件;第12圖顯示根據本揭示之接合構件的一部分;第13圖提供根據本揭示之一貨櫃的分解圖;第14圖提供根據本揭示之一貨櫃的立體圖;第15A及15B圖提供根據本揭示位於第一預定位置(第15A圖)及第二預定位置(第15B圖)之一具有鎖固桿的門總成之立體圖;第16圖提供根據本揭示之門總成的立體圖;第17圖提供根據本揭示之一鉸鍊的立體圖;第18圖提供根據本揭示被緊固至一貨櫃的一角柱之鉸鍊的平面圖;第19圖提供根據本揭示被緊固至一貨櫃的一角柱之鉸鍊的平面圖;第20圖提供根據本揭示之一貨櫃的立體圖;第21A至21C圖提供沿著第13圖所示的視線18-18所取之一可折合式貨櫃的一前壁之一實施例的立體圖;第22A至22D圖提供根據本揭示之一可折合式貨櫃的一實施例之立體圖;第23A至23B圖提供根據本揭示之一抗破壞支撐件的立體圖;第24A至24B圖提供根據本揭示用於一貨櫃的門 之一抗破壞區塊的立體圖;第25A至25B圖提供根據本揭示用於一貨櫃的門之一鉸鍊的立體圖。 1A to 1D are perspective views (1A and 1B) and a plan view of a first member (Fig. 1A) and a second member (Fig. 1B) of a pair of abutting joints according to different embodiments of the present disclosure. 1C and 1D); FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a first member and a second member of the abutting joint according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIGS. 3A to 3D are diagrams showing an embodiment according to the present disclosure. A perspective view of a first member and a second member of a pair of abutting joints; FIGS. 4A and 4B are views showing an embodiment of the present disclosure including a first elongated section, a second elongated section, and abutting joint A perspective view of the engaging member; FIGS. 5A and 5B are perspective views showing a first elongated section, a second elongated section, and a joint member for abutting joints according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIGS. 6A and 6B FIG. 7 is a perspective view showing a joint member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 8 is a perspective view showing a joint member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; FIG. 8 is a plan view showing a joint member according to an embodiment of the present disclosure; And FIG. 9B shows a reversible foldable according to the present disclosure. a container in which a portion of the reversibly foldable container has been removed to show details; a tenth view showing an end view of a container shown in partial view; and FIGS. 11A through 11E showing one of the engaging members in accordance with the present disclosure; The figure shows a portion of a joint member according to the present disclosure; FIG. 13 provides an exploded view of a container according to the present disclosure; FIG. 14 provides a perspective view of a container according to the present disclosure; and FIGS. 15A and 15B provide a first position according to the present disclosure. A perspective view of a door assembly having a locking bar in one of a predetermined position (Fig. 15A) and a second predetermined position (Fig. 15B); Fig. 16 is a perspective view of a door assembly according to the present disclosure; A perspective view of one of the hinges is disclosed; FIG. 18 is a plan view of a hinge fastened to a corner post of a container in accordance with the present disclosure; and FIG. 19 is a plan view of a hinge fastened to a corner post of a container in accordance with the present disclosure; 20 is a perspective view of a container according to one of the present disclosure; FIGS. 21A-21C are perspective views of an embodiment of a front wall of a foldable container taken along line 18-18 of FIG. 13; 22A to 22D For perspective view of the present disclosure may be based on one of the foldable container according to an embodiment; FIGS. 23A, 23B to provide a perspective view of an anti-racking support according to one of the present disclosure; FIGS. 24A and 24B to provide for a door according to the present disclosed container A perspective view of one of the anti-destruction blocks; Figures 25A through 25B provide perspective views of one of the hinges of a door for a container in accordance with the present disclosure.

本文所用的“一”、“該(the)”、“至少一”、及“一或多”可互換使用。“及/或”用語係指所列項目的一者、一或多者、或全部。以端點引述數值範圍係包括該範圍內納入的全部數字(譬如,1至5係包括1、1.5、2、2.75、3、3.80、4、5等)。本文的數字係遵照前一或多個位數對應於圖號而剩餘位數表示該圖中元件的編號慣例。不同圖式間的類似元件可用類似位數加以識別。譬如,354可表示第3圖中的“54”,且一類似元件可在第14圖中標示成1454。已強調圖式目的在於示範且圖式無意以任何方式作限制。本文圖式可能未依實際比例繪製且可能誇大圖中元件的關係。圖式係用來示範本文所描述的概念性結構及方法。 The use of "a", "the", "said" or "an" or "an" The term "and/or" means one, one or more, or all of the listed items. Reference to a range of values by endpoints includes all numbers incorporated within the range (for example, 1 to 5 are inclusive of 1, 1.5, 2, 2.75, 3, 3.80, 4, 5, etc.). The figures herein refer to the numbering convention of the elements in the figure in accordance with the previous or more digits corresponding to the figure number and the remaining digits. Similar components between different patterns can be identified by similar numbers of bits. For example, 354 may represent "54" in Figure 3, and a similar component may be labeled 1454 in Figure 14. It has been emphasized that the drawings are intended to be exemplary and that the drawings are not intended to be limited in any way. The figures herein may not be drawn to scale and may exaggerate the relationship of the elements in the figures. The drawings are used to demonstrate the conceptual structures and methods described herein.

本文討論的角度測量係被測量成銳角(小於90度的角(小於90°))或鈍角(大於90°但小於180°的角)),其中採取本文討論的表面測量藉以排除優角(從180°至360°的角)的數值。 The angular measurements discussed herein are measured as acute angles (angles less than 90 degrees (less than 90°)) or obtuse angles (angles greater than 90° but less than 180°), where the surface measurements discussed herein are taken to exclude the good angles (from The value of the angle of 180° to 360°).

第1A至1B圖顯示根據本揭示的一實施例之一對抵接頭100的立體圖。對抵接頭100係包括一第一對抵構件102及一第二對抵構件104。第一對抵構件102係包括從第一對抵構件肩108延伸之一突部106。突部106具有一遠端110,一第一表面112及一第二表面114以一銳角116從遠端 110延伸朝向第一對抵構件肩108。本文所用的“角”係為共用一共同端點(譬如角的頂點)的兩射線所形成之數字。對於銳角116,第一表面112及第二表面114共用一共同端點117。本文所用的“銳角”係為小於九十度(小於90°)的角。 1A-1B show perspective views of abutment joint 100 in accordance with an embodiment of the present disclosure. The abutting joint 100 includes a first abutting member 102 and a second abutting member 104. The first abutment member 102 includes a protrusion 106 extending from the first abutment member shoulder 108. The protrusion 106 has a distal end 110, and a first surface 112 and a second surface 114 are at an acute angle 116 from the distal end. The 110 extends toward the first abutment member shoulder 108. As used herein, "angle" is a number formed by two rays sharing a common endpoint (such as the apex of a corner). For acute angle 116, first surface 112 and second surface 114 share a common end point 117. As used herein, "an acute angle" is an angle less than ninety degrees (less than 90 degrees).

第二對抵構件104具有一插座118,第一對抵構件102的突部106可釋放地座接至插座118內。插座118具有以一銳角126從第二對抵構件104的一第一端124延伸遠離之一第一表面120及一第二表面122。銳角126可等於或小於第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二表面114之銳角,其中第一表面120及第二表面122共用一共同端點127。在一實施例中,具有從第二對抵構件104第一端124延伸遠離的第一表面120及第二表面122之插座118係具有與第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二表面114的銳角116相等之一銳角。第1A至1C圖提供此實施例的圖示。相反地,第1D圖顯示銳角126小於第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二表面114之銳角116。 The second abutment member 104 has a socket 118, and the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is releasably seated within the socket 118. The socket 118 has a first surface 120 and a second surface 122 extending away from a first end 124 of the second abutment member 104 at an acute angle 126. The acute angle 126 may be equal to or less than the acute angle of the first surface 112 and the second surface 114 of the first abutment member 102, wherein the first surface 120 and the second surface 122 share a common end point 127. In one embodiment, the socket 118 having the first surface 120 and the second surface 122 extending away from the first end 124 of the second abutment member 104 has a first surface 112 and a second with the first abutment member 102 The acute angle 116 of the surface 114 is equal to one of the acute angles. Figures 1A through 1C provide an illustration of this embodiment. Conversely, the 1D diagram shows that the acute angle 126 is less than the acute angle 116 of the first surface 112 and the second surface 114 of the first abutment member 102.

第二對抵構件104亦包括從插座118延伸之第二對抵構件肩128,故當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,突部106的第二表面114及插座118的第二表面122係碰觸,且第二對抵構件肩128及第一對抵構件肩108係碰觸。在一實施例中,當具有從第二對抵構件104第一端124延伸遠離的第一表面120及第二表面122之插座118具有與第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二表面114的銳角116相等之一銳角時,第一對抵構件102的 突部106可座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中,使得突部106的第一表面112及插座118的第一表面120係碰觸,突部106的第二表面114及插座118的第二表面122係碰觸,且第二對抵構件肩128及第一對抵構件肩108係碰觸。第1A至1C圖顯示如是實施例。 The second abutment member 104 also includes a second abutment member shoulder 128 extending from the socket 118 such that when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the protrusion The second surface 114 of the 106 and the second surface 122 of the receptacle 118 are in contact with each other, and the second abutment member shoulder 128 and the first abutment member shoulder 108 are in contact. In one embodiment, the socket 118 having the first surface 120 and the second surface 122 extending away from the first end 124 of the second abutment member 104 has a first surface 112 and a second with the first abutment member 102 When the acute angle 116 of the surface 114 is equal to one of the acute angles, the first abutment member 102 The protrusion 106 can be seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104 such that the first surface 112 of the protrusion 106 and the first surface 120 of the socket 118 are in contact, the second surface 114 of the protrusion 106 and the socket 118 The second surface 122 is in contact with the second abutment member shoulder 128 and the first abutment member shoulder 108. Figures 1A through 1C show an example.

本文所用的“碰觸”係指至少部份地接觸(譬如當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,突部106的第二表面114及插座118的第二表面122至少部份地接觸)。本文所用的“座接(seat、seats、seated)”係指配合至另一部份、諸如第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104的表面內,所以該等部份的至少有些表面變成倚靠抵住彼此(譬如在隨著第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104變成倚靠抵住彼此之沿著其移行的方向中不可能具有進一步相對運動)。 As used herein, "touching" means at least partially contacting (eg, when the projection 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the receptacle 118 of the second abutment member 104, the second surface 114 of the projection 106 And the second surface 122 of the socket 118 is at least partially in contact with). As used herein, "seat, seated, seated" refers to fit into another portion, such as the surfaces of the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104, so that at least some of the surfaces of the portions It becomes impossible to have further relative motion in the direction along which the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 become leaning against each other as they move toward each other.

突部106的遠端110可界定一平面性表面130,平面性表面130在共同端點133處與突部的第一表面112形成一鈍角132。平面性表面130亦可在共同端點137處與突部106的第二表面114形成一九十度角。第二對抵構件104的插座118包括一具有一平面性表面136之第二端134。在一實施例中,平面性表面136可為突部106的遠端110之平面性表面130的一鏡像。然而,請瞭解:突部106的遠端110不需為如第1A圖所示的一平面性表面。譬如,突部106的遠端110可具有一非平面性組態諸如一圓形組態,諸如一凸表面或凹表面。 The distal end 110 of the protrusion 106 can define a planar surface 130 that forms an obtuse angle 132 with the first surface 112 of the protrusion at the common end point 133. The planar surface 130 can also form a ninety degree angle with the second surface 114 of the protrusion 106 at the common end point 137. The socket 118 of the second abutment member 104 includes a second end 134 having a planar surface 136. In an embodiment, the planar surface 136 can be a mirror image of the planar surface 130 of the distal end 110 of the protrusion 106. However, it is understood that the distal end 110 of the projection 106 need not be a planar surface as shown in Figure 1A. For example, the distal end 110 of the protrusion 106 can have a non-planar configuration such as a circular configuration, such as a convex or concave surface.

第一對抵構件肩108係包括從突部106的第一表面112延伸之一第一肩表面138以及從突部106的第二表面114延伸之一第二肩表面140。突部106的第二肩表面140及第二表面114在共同端點143處形成一九十度角141。如本文討論,突部106的第二肩表面140及第二表面114亦可形成一鈍角(第2圖所示的一實施例)。突部106的第一肩表面138及第一表面112在共同端點147處形成一鈍角145。 The first abutment member shoulder 108 includes a first shoulder surface 138 extending from the first surface 112 of the protrusion 106 and a second shoulder surface 140 extending from the second surface 114 of the protrusion 106. The second shoulder surface 140 and the second surface 114 of the projection 106 form a ninety degree angle 141 at the common end point 143. As discussed herein, the second shoulder surface 140 and the second surface 114 of the projection 106 can also form an obtuse angle (an embodiment shown in FIG. 2). The first shoulder surface 138 and the first surface 112 of the projection 106 form an obtuse angle 145 at the common end point 147.

突部106相對於第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140、及插座118兩者之尺寸及形狀的關係亦會變動。譬如,第二肩表面140可具有身為第一肩表面138高度的二至四倍大之一高度。第二肩表面140亦可具有身為第一肩表面138高度的二至六倍大之一高度。在一實施例中,第二肩表面140是第一肩表面138高度的三倍大(譬如,第二肩表面140是“X”公厘(譬如18mm)高且第一肩表面138是“3X”公厘高(譬如6mm))。 The relationship of the size and shape of the protrusions 106 relative to the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140, and the socket 118 may also vary. For example, the second shoulder surface 140 can have a height that is two to four times the height of the first shoulder surface 138. The second shoulder surface 140 can also have a height that is two to six times greater than the height of the first shoulder surface 138. In one embodiment, the second shoulder surface 140 is three times as tall as the first shoulder surface 138 (eg, the second shoulder surface 140 is "X" mm (eg, 18 mm) high and the first shoulder surface 138 is "3X" "Metric height (such as 6mm)).

在如第一對抵構件102的平面性表面130及第二肩表面140之間沿著突部106第二表面114所測量之突部106長度、以及如從第二表面114及第一對抵構件102的一底表面159所測量之第二肩表面140高度之間亦可具有一預定關係。對於不同實施例,此預定關係使得如突部106的平面性表面130及第二肩表面140之間沿著突部106第二表面114所測量之突部106長度等於或小於如從第一對抵構件102的一底表面159及第二表面114所測量之第二肩表面140高度。所以,譬如,可具有如第二肩表面140及平面性表面130之間 沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度對於如從第一對抵構件102的一底表面159及第二表面114所測量之第二肩表面140高度之一(1)比一(1)比值。如第二肩表面140及平面性表面130之間沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度對於如從第一對抵構件102的一底表面159及第二表面114所測量之第二肩表面140高度之其他比值係亦為可能。這些比值的範例係包括但不限於:八(8)比九(9);七(7)比八(8);六(6)比七(7);五(5)比六(6);四(4)比五(5);三(3)比四(4);二(2)比三(3);及一(1)比二(2),及其他。 The length of the protrusion 106 as measured along the second surface 114 of the protrusion 106 between the planar surface 130 and the second shoulder surface 140 of the first abutment member 102, and as from the second surface 114 and the first pair The height of the second shoulder surface 140 measured by a bottom surface 159 of the member 102 can also have a predetermined relationship therebetween. For different embodiments, this predetermined relationship is such that the length of the projection 106 as measured along the second surface 114 of the projection 106 between the planar surface 130 and the second shoulder surface 140 of the projection 106 is equal to or less than the first pair. A bottom surface 159 of the abutment member 102 and a second shoulder surface 140 measured by the second surface 114 are elevated in height. So, for example, there may be between the second shoulder surface 140 and the planar surface 130 The length of the protrusion 106 measured along the second surface 114 is one (1) to the height of the second shoulder surface 140 as measured from a bottom surface 159 and the second surface 114 of the first abutment member 102. )ratio. The length of the protrusion 106 as measured along the second surface 114 between the second shoulder surface 140 and the planar surface 130 is the second as measured from a bottom surface 159 and the second surface 114 of the first abutment member 102. Other ratios of the height of the shoulder surface 140 are also possible. Examples of these ratios include, but are not limited to, eight (8) to nine (9); seven (7) to eight (8); six (6) to seven (7); five (5) to six (6); Four (4) than five (5); three (3) than four (4); two (2) than three (3); and one (1) than two (2), and others.

如第1A圖所示,第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140可設置於一共同平面142中。或者,第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140未設置於一共同平面中。當第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140未位於一共同平面中時,兩表面138及140可彼此共面。在此組態中,第二肩表面140將相對於第一肩表面138位置更靠近突部106的遠端110。第二對抵構件104將藉由縮短肩表面146的高度藉以更靠近插座118第二端134的高度而與替代性形狀互補。第1C圖顯示第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140彼此共面。 As shown in FIG. 1A, the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140 can be disposed in a common plane 142. Alternatively, the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140 are not disposed in a common plane. When the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140 are not in a common plane, the two surfaces 138 and 140 may be coplanar with each other. In this configuration, the second shoulder surface 140 will be positioned closer to the distal end 110 of the projection 106 relative to the first shoulder surface 138. The second abutment member 104 will complement the alternative shape by shortening the height of the shoulder surface 146 by being closer to the height of the second end 134 of the receptacle 118. Figure 1C shows that the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140 are coplanar with each other.

第二對抵構件肩128係包括一從插座118的第一表面120延伸之第一肩表面144及一從插座118的第二表面122延伸之第二肩表面146。第二肩表面146及插座118的第二表面122在共同端點151形成一九十度角。第一肩表面144及插座118的第一表面120在共同端點153形成一鈍角152。 The second abutment member shoulder 128 includes a first shoulder surface 144 extending from the first surface 120 of the receptacle 118 and a second shoulder surface 146 extending from the second surface 122 of the receptacle 118. The second shoulder surface 146 and the second surface 122 of the receptacle 118 form a ninety degree angle at the common end point 151. The first shoulder surface 144 and the first surface 120 of the socket 118 form an obtuse angle 152 at the common end point 153.

插座118尺寸及形狀的關係可匹配於突部106,故 如本文討論,當突部106座接在插座118中時,第一對抵構件肩108及第二對抵構件肩128係碰觸。如本文對於突部106討論,插座118尺寸及形狀相對於第一肩表面144及第二肩表面146兩者亦可具有一種會變動的關係。譬如,第二肩表面146可具有身為第一肩表面144高度的二至四倍大之一高度。第二肩表面146亦可具有身為第一肩表面144高度的二至六倍大之一高度。在一實施例中,第二肩表面146是第一肩表面144高度的三倍大(譬如,第二肩表面146是“X”公厘(譬如18mm)高且第一肩表面144是“3X”公厘高(譬如6mm))。 The relationship between the size and shape of the socket 118 can be matched to the protrusion 106, so As discussed herein, when the tab 106 is seated in the receptacle 118, the first abutment member shoulder 108 and the second abutment member shoulder 128 are in contact. As discussed herein with respect to the projections 106, the socket 118 can also have a variable relationship in size and shape relative to both the first shoulder surface 144 and the second shoulder surface 146. For example, the second shoulder surface 146 can have a height that is two to four times greater than the height of the first shoulder surface 144. The second shoulder surface 146 can also have a height that is two to six times greater than the height of the first shoulder surface 144. In one embodiment, the second shoulder surface 146 is three times as tall as the first shoulder surface 144 (eg, the second shoulder surface 146 is "X" mm (eg, 18 mm) high and the first shoulder surface 144 is "3X" "Metric height (such as 6mm)).

第二肩表面146的高度以及第二肩表面140的高度之間亦可具有一預定關係。一如是關係係包括使第二肩表面146的高度等於第二肩表面140的高度。如沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度以及如從第二肩表面146至第二端134所測量之第二表面122長度之間亦可具有一預定關係。一如是預定關係係包括使如沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度可等於或短於如從第二肩表面146至第二端134所測量之第二表面122的長度。 The height of the second shoulder surface 146 and the height of the second shoulder surface 140 may also have a predetermined relationship. The relationship as such includes the height of the second shoulder surface 146 being equal to the height of the second shoulder surface 140. There may also be a predetermined relationship between the length of the projection 106 as measured along the second surface 114 and the length of the second surface 122 as measured from the second shoulder surface 146 to the second end 134. The predetermined relationship, for example, includes that the length of the protrusion 106 as measured along the second surface 114 can be equal to or shorter than the length of the second surface 122 as measured from the second shoulder surface 146 to the second end 134.

第1A至1C圖顯示如沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度等於如從第二肩表面146至第二端134所測量之第二表面122長度之實施例。第1D圖顯示如沿著第二表面114所測量之突部106長度小於如從第二肩表面146至第二端134所測量之第二表面122長度之實施例。 FIGS. 1A through 1C show an embodiment in which the length of the projection 106 as measured along the second surface 114 is equal to the length of the second surface 122 as measured from the second shoulder surface 146 to the second end 134. FIG. 1D shows an embodiment in which the length of the protrusion 106 as measured along the second surface 114 is less than the length of the second surface 122 as measured from the second shoulder surface 146 to the second end 134.

如第1B圖所示,第一肩表面144及第二肩表面 146可設置於一共同平面148中。或者,第一肩表面144及第二肩表面146未設置於一共同平面中。當第一肩表面144及第二肩表面146未位於一共同平面時,兩表面144及146可彼此共面。第1C圖顯示此實施例。不論其關係如何,當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一對抵構件102的第一肩表面138及第二肩表面140以及第二對抵構件104的第一肩表面144及第二肩表面146係可碰觸。 As shown in FIG. 1B, the first shoulder surface 144 and the second shoulder surface 146 can be disposed in a common plane 148. Alternatively, the first shoulder surface 144 and the second shoulder surface 146 are not disposed in a common plane. When the first shoulder surface 144 and the second shoulder surface 146 are not in a common plane, the two surfaces 144 and 146 can be coplanar with each other. Figure 1C shows this embodiment. Regardless of the relationship, when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the first shoulder surface 138 and the second shoulder surface 140 of the first abutment member 102 and The first shoulder surface 144 and the second shoulder surface 146 of the second abutment member 104 are collidible.

第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104的第一表面112、120及第二表面114、122係可具有多種不同形狀。譬如,第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二表面114以及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120及第二表面122可各為一平面性表面。在一額外實施例中,第一表面112及120可具有一曲率(譬如一非平面性彎曲狀表面)。亦可能使第一表面112及120具有二或更多個平面性表面。譬如,第一表面112及120可具有一“V形”圖案、拱形圖案、或一半球形圖案。其他形狀亦為可能。 The first surfaces 112, 120 and the second surfaces 114, 122 of the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 can have a variety of different shapes. For example, the first surface 112 and the second surface 114 of the first abutting member 102 and the first surface 120 and the second surface 122 of the second abutting member 104 may each be a planar surface. In an additional embodiment, the first surfaces 112 and 120 can have a curvature (such as a non-planar curved surface). It is also possible for the first surfaces 112 and 120 to have two or more planar surfaces. For example, the first surfaces 112 and 120 can have a "V-shaped" pattern, an arched pattern, or a hemispherical pattern. Other shapes are also possible.

第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104的第二表面114、122分別在第1A至1C圖顯示成正交於其各別第二肩表面140及146之平面性表面。對於不同實施例,第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104的第二表面114、122分別可不正交於其各別第二肩表面140及第二肩表面146。第2圖顯示第一對抵構件202及第二對抵構件204的第二表面214、222分別不正交於其各別肩表面240及第二肩表面246之此實施 例。如圖所示,在共同端點255從第二肩表面246及第二表面222形成之角254係為鈍角。 The second surfaces 114, 122 of the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 are shown in Figures 1A through 1C as planar surfaces normal to their respective second shoulder surfaces 140 and 146, respectively. For different embodiments, the second surfaces 114, 122 of the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 may not be orthogonal to their respective second shoulder surface 140 and second shoulder surface 146, respectively. 2 shows that the second surfaces 214, 222 of the first abutting member 202 and the second abutting member 204 are not orthogonal to the respective shoulder surface 240 and the second shoulder surface 246, respectively. example. As shown, the corner 254 formed from the second shoulder surface 246 and the second surface 222 at the common end point 255 is an obtuse angle.

再度參照第1A至1C圖,當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120係可碰觸。在一額外實施例中,當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120係未碰觸。第1D圖提供一如是實施例的一範例。 Referring again to FIGS. 1A-1C, when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the first surface 112 and the second pair of the first abutment member 102 are abutted. The first surface 120 of the member 104 is tactile. In an additional embodiment, when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the first surface 112 and the second abutment member of the first abutment member 102 The first surface 120 of 104 is untouched. Figure 1D provides an example of an embodiment.

如第1D圖所示,第一對抵構件102的第一表面及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120之間可具有一間隙。此間隙可具有多種不同形狀及尺寸。譬如,用來從單件材料形成(譬如切割)第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104之一刃片的截口係可當第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104座接時在沿著對抵接頭的相鄰表面之一或多個區位提供一間隙。在另一實施例中,遠比恰以刃片寬度(譬如截口)所形成者更大之一間隙係可形成於第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120之間。這些間隙可幫助對抵接頭100釋放,如本文討論,藉以容許第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104移行於一拱形路徑中。由於間隙的緣故,突部106(譬如突部106的容積)係小於對抵接頭100的插座118。這容許突部106配合於插座118所界定的容積內側。 As shown in FIG. 1D, there may be a gap between the first surface of the first abutment member 102 and the first surface 120 of the second abutment member 104. This gap can have a variety of different shapes and sizes. For example, a kerf for forming (eg, cutting) one of the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 from a single piece of material may be the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 A gap is provided at one or more of the adjacent surfaces along the abutting joint. In another embodiment, a gap that is substantially larger than the one formed by the blade width (such as a kerf) may be formed on the first surface 112 and the second abutment member 104 of the first abutment member 102. Between the first surfaces 120. These gaps may aid in the release of the abutment joint 100, as discussed herein, thereby allowing the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 to travel in an arcuate path. Due to the gap, the protrusion 106 (such as the volume of the protrusion 106) is smaller than the socket 118 of the abutting joint 100. This allows the tab 106 to fit inside the volume defined by the socket 118.

亦可刻意生成用於界定第一對抵構件102及第二 對抵構件104之表面的一或多者之間的一間隙。譬如,當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,一具有預定形狀及尺寸的空間可存在於第一對抵構件102的第一表面112及第二對抵構件104的第一表面120之間。第1D圖顯示一如是實施例。其他實施例亦為可能。如本文將作更完整討論,此具有預定形狀及尺寸的空間可幫助第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104沿著一拱形移行路徑分離而不需要先分離突部106的遠端110及插座118的第二端134。 It may also be deliberately generated for defining the first abutting member 102 and the second A gap between one or more of the surfaces of the abutment member 104. For example, when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, a space having a predetermined shape and size may exist on the first surface 112 of the first abutment member 102. And between the first surface 120 of the second abutment member 104. Figure 1D shows an example as an example. Other embodiments are also possible. As will be more fully discussed herein, this space of predetermined shape and size can help the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104 to be separated along an arcuate travel path without the need to first separate the distal end of the protrusion 106. 110 and a second end 134 of the socket 118.

當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一對抵構件102的第一肩表面138係碰觸第二對抵構件104的第一肩表面144。當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一對抵構件102的第二肩表面140亦碰觸第二對抵構件104的第二肩表面146。如本文更完整地討論,當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時肩表面138、144、140及146的此接觸係有助於重新導引經由突部106施加的剪力(譬如正交於肩表面138、144、140及146的力)以被至少部份地導引成為沿著第一對抵構件102及第二對抵構件104的縱向軸線之壓縮力(譬如力被重新分佈至對抵構件102及104的團塊內)。 When the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the first shoulder surface 138 of the first abutment member 102 touches the first of the second abutment member 104 Shoulder surface 144. When the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the second shoulder surface 140 of the first abutment member 102 also touches the second portion of the second abutment member 104 Shoulder surface 146. As discussed more fully herein, this contact of the shoulder surfaces 138, 144, 140, and 146 facilitates redirection when the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104. The shear forces applied by the protrusions 106 (such as forces normal to the shoulder surfaces 138, 144, 140, and 146) are at least partially guided along the first abutment member 102 and the second abutment member 104. The compressive force of the longitudinal axis (e.g., the force is redistributed into the agglomerates of the opposing members 102 and 104).

第一對抵構件102進一步包括一第一周邊表面158及一與第一周邊表面158相對的第二周邊表面160。第一對抵構件102的第一周邊表面158及第二周邊表面160有助 於界定突部106的至少一部分。第二對抵構件104亦包括一第一周邊表面162及一與第一周邊表面162相對的第二周邊表面164。第二對抵構件104的第一周邊表面162及第二周邊表面164有助於界定插座118的至少一部分。當第一對抵構件102的突部106座接在第二對抵構件104的插座118中時,第一周邊表面158、162及第二周邊表面160、164可彼此平行。 The first abutment member 102 further includes a first peripheral surface 158 and a second peripheral surface 160 opposite the first peripheral surface 158. The first peripheral surface 158 and the second peripheral surface 160 of the first abutting member 102 are helpful At least a portion of the protrusion 106 is defined. The second abutment member 104 also includes a first peripheral surface 162 and a second peripheral surface 164 opposite the first peripheral surface 162. The first peripheral surface 162 and the second peripheral surface 164 of the second abutment member 104 help define at least a portion of the socket 118. When the protrusion 106 of the first abutment member 102 is seated in the socket 118 of the second abutment member 104, the first peripheral surface 158, 162 and the second peripheral surface 160, 164 may be parallel to each other.

本揭示的對抵接頭可由多種不同材料製成。如是材料係包括但不限於一金屬、一金屬合金、一聚合物(譬如一熱固性聚合物或一熱塑性聚合物)及一複合材料(譬如由在完成結構內保持分離且獨特的兩或更多種具有顯著不同物理性質之成份材料製成的一材料)。金屬的範例係包括但不限於鋼諸如在標準BS EN 10025-5:2004內所指明的‘耐候鋼’,其亦稱為寇騰鋼(CORTEN steel)。其他範例係包括但不限於從諸如不銹鋼、鉻、鎳、鐵、銅、鈷、鉬、鎢及/或鈦等不同金屬的混合物所形成之抗腐蝕合金。組合時,這些金屬可比標準碳鋼更有效地抵抗腐蝕。聚合物的範例係包括但不限於熱塑性、熱固性及彈性體聚合物。確切來說就是諸如聚碳酸酯、聚醚醯亞胺、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯及其他等具有高強度的聚合性化合物。複合材料的範例係包括但不限於一聚合物及如本文所提供的一填料之混合物。填料的範例係包括但不限於玻璃纖維、凱夫勒(Kevlar)、或碳纖維,其可大幅改良複合材料的物理性質。本揭示的對抵接頭亦可從諸如木及/或木產品等其他材料 形成。 The abutment joint of the present disclosure can be made from a variety of different materials. If the material is, but not limited to, a metal, a metal alloy, a polymer (such as a thermosetting polymer or a thermoplastic polymer), and a composite material (such as two or more that are separated and unique by the completed structure) a material made of a component material having significantly different physical properties). Examples of metals include, but are not limited to, steel such as ' weathering steel' as specified in the standard BS EN 10025-5:2004, which is also known as CORTEN steel. Other examples include, but are not limited to, corrosion resistant alloys formed from a mixture of different metals such as stainless steel, chromium, nickel, iron, copper, cobalt, molybdenum, tungsten, and/or titanium. When combined, these metals resist corrosion more effectively than standard carbon steel. Examples of polymers include, but are not limited to, thermoplastic, thermoset, and elastomeric polymers. Specifically, it is a polymerizable compound having high strength such as polycarbonate, polyetherimide, polybutylene terephthalate or the like. Examples of composite materials include, but are not limited to, a mixture of a polymer and a filler as provided herein. Examples of fillers include, but are not limited to, glass fibers, Kevlar, or carbon fibers, which greatly improve the physical properties of the composite. The abutting joints of the present disclosure may also be derived from other materials such as wood and/or wood products. form.

現在參照第3A至3D圖,顯示對抵接頭300的立體圖。如第3A至3D圖所示,對抵接頭300的第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304係分離以隨著對抵接頭的兩結構相對於彼此分離及移動而容許第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304的各者採行一拱形移行路徑。如第3A圖所示,第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304相對於彼此座接。在此位置(第3A圖所示)中,對抵接頭300具有兩自由度。第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304可沿著其相對於彼此移動(譬如,第一者係為第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304沿著縱向軸線366在相反方向之運動,而第二者係為第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304的一者或兩者沿著正交軸線368相對於縱向軸線366之運動)。當相對於彼此座接時(譬如第3A圖),第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304無法在一拱形移行路徑369初始地移行。易言之,當相對於彼此座接時(譬如第3A圖),第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304在可沿著拱形移行路徑369相對於彼此移動之前必須先沿著縱向軸線366相對於彼此移動。 Referring now to Figures 3A through 3D, a perspective view of the abutment joint 300 is shown. As shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D, the first abutting member 302 and the second abutting member 304 of the abutting joint 300 are separated to allow the first pair to be separated and moved with respect to the two structures of the abutting joint. Each of the member 302 and the second abutment member 304 adopts an arched travel path. As shown in FIG. 3A, the first abutting member 302 and the second abutting member 304 are seated relative to each other. In this position (shown in Fig. 3A), the abutting joint 300 has two degrees of freedom. The first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 are movable relative to each other (eg, the first one is the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 is in the opposite direction along the longitudinal axis 366 The second movement is the movement of one or both of the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 along the orthogonal axis 368 relative to the longitudinal axis 366). When seated relative to one another (e.g., FIG. 3A), the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 are not initially movable in an arcuate travel path 369. In other words, when seated relative to each other (such as FIG. 3A), the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 must first follow the longitudinal direction before being movable relative to each other along the arched travel path 369. The axes 366 move relative to one another.

如本文討論,一旦其從其座接組態(座接位置的範例請見第3A圖)分離,第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304可移行於拱形移行路徑369中。第3B至3D圖顯示對於第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304之此拱形移行路徑369的一實施例。如第3B圖所示,第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304已沿著縱向軸線366從其座接位置(請見第3A圖)分 離。隨著發生此作用,一第一間隙370形成於突部306的遠端310及第二對抵構件304的插座318的第二端334之間。一第二間隙372亦形成於突部306的第一表面312及插座318的第一表面320之間。 As discussed herein, once it is separated from its seating configuration (see Figure 3A for an example of a seating position), the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 can be moved into the arcuate travel path 369. FIGS. 3B through 3D show an embodiment of the arcuate travel path 369 for the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304. As shown in FIG. 3B, the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 have been separated from their seating position along the longitudinal axis 366 (see Figure 3A). from. As this occurs, a first gap 370 is formed between the distal end 310 of the projection 306 and the second end 334 of the receptacle 318 of the second abutment member 304. A second gap 372 is also formed between the first surface 312 of the protrusion 306 and the first surface 320 of the receptacle 318.

對於對抵接頭300的給定組態之第一間隙370及第二間隙372的此組合係容許第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304沿著拱形移行路徑369移行。沿著拱形移行路徑369移行的能力係導因於對於對抵接頭300的給定組態之第一間隙370及第二間隙372的組合,而對於第一對抵構件302及第二對抵構件304提供了第三自由度。 This combination of the first gap 370 and the second gap 372 for a given configuration of the abutment joint 300 allows the first abutment member 302 and the second abutment member 304 to travel along the arcuate travel path 369. The ability to travel along the arcuate travel path 369 is due to the combination of the first gap 370 and the second gap 372 for a given configuration of the abutment joint 300, and for the first abutment member 302 and the second counterpart Member 304 provides a third degree of freedom.

現在參照第4A及4B圖,顯示根據本揭示的接合構件474之一實施例。接合構件474係包括對抵接頭400,如本文討論,其中對抵接頭包括第一對抵構件402及一第二對抵構件404。對抵構件474亦包括一第一長形段476及一第二長形段477。第一長形段476具有一第一端478及一與第一端478相對之第二端480,其中第二端480連接至一第一鉸鍊482。第二長形段477具有一第一端486及一與第一端486相對之第二端488,其中第二端488連接至一第二鉸鍊490。 Referring now to Figures 4A and 4B, an embodiment of a joint member 474 in accordance with the present disclosure is shown. The engagement member 474 includes a counter joint 400, as discussed herein, wherein the abutment joint includes a first abutment member 402 and a second abutment member 404. The abutting member 474 also includes a first elongated section 476 and a second elongated section 477. The first elongated section 476 has a first end 478 and a second end 480 opposite the first end 478, wherein the second end 480 is coupled to a first hinge 482. The second elongated section 477 has a first end 486 and a second end 488 opposite the first end 486, wherein the second end 488 is coupled to a second hinge 490.

第一鉸鍊482亦連接至一第一側軌489,且第二鉸鍊490連接至一第二側軌491。第一側軌489及第二側軌491可具有多種不同組態。譬如,第一側軌489及第二側軌491可具有一管狀組態,諸如正方管狀的一段長度或矩形管件的一段長度。或者,第一側軌489及第二側軌491可具有一鄰接實心結構。第一側軌489及第二側軌491亦可具有一平 面性椼架及/或一空間椼架組態。 The first hinge 482 is also coupled to a first side rail 489 and the second hinge 490 is coupled to a second side rail 491. The first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 can have a variety of different configurations. For example, the first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 can have a tubular configuration, such as a length of a square tubular or a length of a rectangular tubular member. Alternatively, the first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 can have a contiguous solid structure. The first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 may also have a flat Surface truss and / or a space truss configuration.

接合構件474的第一長形段476及第二長形段477各亦包括一第一端連接器492及一第二端連接器493。第一端連接器492有助於將第一長形段476的第二端480接合至第一鉸鍊482,且第二端連接器493有助於將第二長形段477的第二端488接合至第二鉸鍊490。 The first elongated section 476 and the second elongated section 477 of the engaging member 474 also each include a first end connector 492 and a second end connector 493. The first end connector 492 facilitates joining the second end 480 of the first elongate section 476 to the first hinge 482 and the second end connector 493 assists in the second end 488 of the second elongate section 477 Engaged to the second hinge 490.

第一對抵構件402及第一端連接器492可與第一長形段476一體地形成。類似地,第二對抵構件404及第二端連接器493可與第二長形段477一體地形成。或者,第一長形段476及第二長形段477可具有一管狀組態。對於此組態,第一對抵構件402的一部分及第一端連接器492的一部分可分別被插入至第一長形段476的管狀結構之第一端478及第二端480內。第一對抵構件402及第一端連接器492可隨後被固接至第一長形段476的管狀結構(譬如藉由熔接及/或一螺帽及螺栓總成,其用來接合第一長形段476以及被插入管狀結構內之第一端連接器492及第一對抵構件402的部分)。類似地,第二對抵構件404的一部分及第二端連接器493的一部分可分別被插入至第二長形段477的管狀結構之第一端486及第二端488內。第二對抵構件404及第二端連接器493可隨後被固接至第二長形段477的管狀結構(譬如藉由熔接及/或一螺帽及螺栓總成,其用來接合第二長形段477以及被插入管狀結構內之第二端連接器493及第二對抵構件404的部分)。 The first abutment member 402 and the first end connector 492 can be integrally formed with the first elongate section 476. Similarly, the second abutment member 404 and the second end connector 493 can be integrally formed with the second elongate section 477. Alternatively, the first elongate section 476 and the second elongate section 477 can have a tubular configuration. For this configuration, a portion of the first abutment member 402 and a portion of the first end connector 492 can be inserted into the first end 478 and the second end 480 of the tubular structure of the first elongate section 476, respectively. The first abutment member 402 and the first end connector 492 can then be secured to the tubular structure of the first elongate section 476 (eg, by welding and/or a nut and bolt assembly for engaging the first An elongate section 476 and a portion of the first end connector 492 and the first abutment member 402 that are inserted into the tubular structure. Similarly, a portion of the second abutment member 404 and a portion of the second end connector 493 can be inserted into the first end 486 and the second end 488 of the tubular structure of the second elongate section 477, respectively. The second abutment member 404 and the second end connector 493 can then be secured to the tubular structure of the second elongate section 477 (eg, by welding and/or a nut and bolt assembly for engaging the second An elongate section 477 and a portion of the second end connector 493 and the second abutment member 404 that are inserted into the tubular structure.

第一側軌489及第二側軌491可進一步分別包括 結構495及497。結構495及497可為但不限於垂直壁構件(譬如,壁柱(wall studs),頭座(header)結構等),及/或側邊(siding)結構(可被附接至垂直壁構件之側邊的片,側壁結構等),及其他結構。 The first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 may further include Structures 495 and 497. Structures 495 and 497 can be, but are not limited to, vertical wall members (eg, wall studs, header structures, etc.), and/or siding structures (which can be attached to vertical wall members) Side pieces, side wall structures, etc.), and other structures.

第5A及5B圖顯示第一長形段576及第二長形段577具有一管狀組態之實施例。如第5A圖所示,第一對抵構件502的一部分被插入第一長形段576之管狀結構的第一端578內,且第一端連接器592的一部分被插入第一長形段576之管狀結構的第二端580內。第5B圖顯示被插入第二長形段577的管狀結構第一端586內之第二對抵構件504的一部分以及被插入第二長形段577的管狀結構第二端588內之第二端連接器593的一部分。第一對抵構件502、第二對抵構件504、第一端連接器592及第二端連接器593藉由熔接及/或一穿過各別結構的螺帽及螺栓總成而被固接至其各別管狀結構。 Figures 5A and 5B show an embodiment in which the first elongate section 576 and the second elongate section 577 have a tubular configuration. As shown in FIG. 5A, a portion of the first abutment member 502 is inserted into the first end 578 of the tubular structure of the first elongate section 576, and a portion of the first end connector 592 is inserted into the first elongate section 576. The second end 580 of the tubular structure. Figure 5B shows a portion of the second abutment member 504 inserted into the first end 586 of the tubular structure of the second elongate section 577 and the second end of the second end 588 of the tubular structure inserted into the second elongate section 577. A portion of the connector 593. The first abutting member 502, the second abutting member 504, the first end connector 592 and the second end connector 593 are fixed by welding and/or a nut and bolt assembly passing through the respective structures. To their respective tubular structures.

再度參照第4A及4B圖,第一對抵構件402形成第一長形段476的一部份,其中第一對抵構件402具有從第一對抵構件408延伸之突部406,突部406具有遠端410,第一表面412及第二表面414以一銳角從遠端410延伸朝向第一對抵構件肩408,如本文討論。 Referring again to Figures 4A and 4B, the first abutment member 402 forms a portion of the first elongate section 476, wherein the first abutment member 402 has a projection 406 extending from the first abutment member 408, the projection 406 With a distal end 410, the first surface 412 and the second surface 414 extend from the distal end 410 at an acute angle toward the first abutment member shoulder 408, as discussed herein.

第一對抵構件404形成第二長形段477的一部份。第二對抵構件404具有插座418,第一對抵構件402的突部406可釋放地座接至插座418內。插座418具有以一銳角從第二對抵構件404的第一端424延伸遠離之一第一表面420 及一第二表面422。第二對抵構件404的第一端424係包括從插座418延伸之第二對抵構件428,故當第一對抵構件402的突部406座接在第二對抵構件404的插座418中時,突部406的第二表面414及插座418的第二表面422係碰觸且第二對抵構件肩428及第一對抵構件肩408碰觸。 The first abutment member 404 forms a portion of the second elongate section 477. The second abutment member 404 has a socket 418 with the tab 406 of the first abutment member 402 releasably seated within the socket 418. The socket 418 has a first surface 420 that extends away from the first end 424 of the second abutment member 404 at an acute angle away from the first surface 420. And a second surface 422. The first end 424 of the second abutment member 404 includes a second abutment member 428 that extends from the receptacle 418 such that when the projection 406 of the first abutment member 402 is seated in the receptacle 418 of the second abutment member 404 The second surface 414 of the protrusion 406 and the second surface 422 of the socket 418 are in contact with each other and the second abutment member shoulder 428 and the first abutment member shoulder 408 are in contact.

在一實施例中,當具有從第二對抵構件404第一端424延伸遠離的第一表面420及第二表面422之插座418具有與第一對抵構件402的第一表面412及第二表面414銳角相等的一銳角時,第一對抵構件402的突部406可座接在第二對抵構件404的插座418中,使得突部406的第一表面412及插座418的第一表面420碰觸,突部406的第二表面414及插座418的第二表面422碰觸,且第二對抵構件肩428及第一對抵構件肩408碰觸。 In one embodiment, the receptacle 418 having the first surface 420 and the second surface 422 extending away from the first end 424 of the second abutment member 404 has a first surface 412 and a second with the first abutment member 402 When the surface 414 is at an acute angle equal to the acute angle, the protrusion 406 of the first abutting member 402 can be seated in the socket 418 of the second abutting member 404 such that the first surface 412 of the protrusion 406 and the first surface of the socket 418 The second surface 414 of the protrusion 406 and the second surface 422 of the socket 418 are in contact with each other, and the second abutment member shoulder 428 and the first abutment member shoulder 408 are in contact.

由於第一對抵構件402座接在第二對抵構件404的插座418中,第4A圖顯示其一範例,在一上表面494施加至對抵接頭400之一團塊的重量係至少部份地被突部406及插座418及肩408及428所攜載。攜載此團塊的重量時,突部406及插座418及肩408及428有助於沿著第一長形段476及一第二長形段477重新導引重量。突部406及插座418亦有助於將對抵接頭400“鎖定”在往下方向498,但亦容許對抵接頭400在往上方向499釋放,其中第一及第二側軌489及491係限制沿著縱向軸線466的運動量。 Since the first abutting member 402 is seated in the socket 418 of the second abutting member 404, FIG. 4A shows an example thereof, and the weight applied to one of the abutting joints 400 on an upper surface 494 is at least partially The ground is carried by the protrusion 406 and the socket 418 and the shoulders 408 and 428. When the weight of the mass is carried, the protrusion 406 and the socket 418 and the shoulders 408 and 428 assist in redirecting the weight along the first elongate section 476 and a second elongate section 477. The projection 406 and the socket 418 also help to "lock" the abutment joint 400 in the downward direction 498, but also permit release of the abutment joint 400 in the upward direction 499, wherein the first and second side rails 489 and 491 are The amount of movement along the longitudinal axis 466 is limited.

在第4A圖中,對抵接頭400具有一自由度(當第一對抵構件402的突部406座接在第二對抵構件404的插座418 中時),第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404可沿著其相對於彼此移動(譬如,第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404沿著縱向軸線466在相反方向之運動)。當相對於彼此座接時(譬如第4A圖),第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404無法初始地移行於一拱形移行路徑469(至少部份地如第4A及4B圖所見)。易言之,當相對於彼此座接時(譬如第4A圖),第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404在可沿著拱形移行路徑469相對於彼此移動之前必須先沿著縱向軸線466相對於彼此移動。 In FIG. 4A, the abutment joint 400 has a degree of freedom (when the projection 406 of the first abutment member 402 is seated on the socket 418 of the second abutment member 404) The first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404 are movable relative to each other (eg, the first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404 are in opposite directions along the longitudinal axis 466) motion). When seated relative to each other (such as FIG. 4A), the first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404 cannot initially travel to an arcuate travel path 469 (at least in part as seen in Figures 4A and 4B). ). In other words, when seated relative to each other (such as FIG. 4A), the first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404 must first follow the longitudinal direction before being movable relative to each other along the arched travel path 469. The axes 466 move relative to one another.

隨著第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404沿著縱向軸線466在相反方向移動,第一對抵構件402的突部406係從第二對抵構件404的插座418解除座接。隨著此作用發生,如本文討論,對於第一對抵構件402及第二對抵構件404產生第二自由度。兩自由度係隨著第一長形段476及第二長形段477分別樞轉於第一鉸鍊482及第二鉸鍊490上而容許接合構件474的第一長形段476及第二長形段477沿著拱形路徑469移行。第4B圖亦顯示第一側軌489及第二側軌491可維持其與縱向軸線466之相同關係,如第4A圖所見。譬如,第一側軌489及第二側軌491可沿著縱向軸線466移動(如第4A及4B圖所示),其中第一側軌489(4101-1)及第二側軌491(4101-2)各者隨著其沿著縱向軸線466移動而其一上表面4101保持彼此實質地平行或共面。此外,隨著第一側軌489及第二側軌491沿著縱向軸線466移動,結構495及497保持彼此平行。隨著接合構件474的第一長形段476及第二 長形段477沿著拱形路徑469移行,結構495及497亦可保持彼此平行(請見第4B圖)。 As the first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404 move in opposite directions along the longitudinal axis 466, the protrusion 406 of the first abutment member 402 is disengaged from the receptacle 418 of the second abutment member 404. As this occurs, as discussed herein, a second degree of freedom is generated for the first abutment member 402 and the second abutment member 404. The two degrees of freedom allow the first elongate section 476 and the second elongate shape of the engagement member 474 as the first elongate section 476 and the second elongate section 477 are pivoted onto the first hinge 482 and the second hinge 490, respectively. Segment 477 moves along arched path 469. Figure 4B also shows that the first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 maintain their same relationship with the longitudinal axis 466, as seen in Figure 4A. For example, the first side rail 489 and the second side rail 491 can move along the longitudinal axis 466 (as shown in Figures 4A and 4B), wherein the first side rail 489 (4101-1) and the second side rail 491 (4101) - 2) Each of the upper surfaces 4101 remains substantially parallel or coplanar with each other as it moves along the longitudinal axis 466. Moreover, as first side rail 489 and second side rail 491 move along longitudinal axis 466, structures 495 and 497 remain parallel to one another. With the first elongated section 476 and the second of the engaging member 474 The elongate section 477 moves along the arcuate path 469, and the structures 495 and 497 can also remain parallel to one another (see Figure 4B).

本揭示的接合構件474可由多種不同材料製成。如是材料係包括但不限於一金屬、一金屬合金、一聚合物(譬如一熱固性聚合物或一熱塑性聚合物)及一複合材料(譬如由在完成的結構內保持分離且獨特的兩或更多種具有顯著不同物理性質之成份材料製成的一材料)。金屬的範例係包括但不限於鋼諸如在標準BS EN 10025-5:2004內所指明的‘耐候鋼’,其亦稱為寇騰鋼(CORTEN steel)。其他範例係包括但不限於本文所提供者。 The joint member 474 of the present disclosure can be made from a variety of different materials. Such materials include, but are not limited to, a metal, a metal alloy, a polymer (such as a thermoset polymer or a thermoplastic polymer), and a composite material (such as two or more that are separated and unique by the completed structure). a material made of a component material having significantly different physical properties). Examples of metals include, but are not limited to, steel such as ' weathering steel' as specified in the standard BS EN 10025-5:2004, which is also known as CORTEN steel. Other examples include, but are not limited to, those provided herein.

現在參照第6A及6B圖,顯示根據本揭示之接合構件674的一額外實施例。如本文討論,接合構件674包括對抵接頭600,如本文討論,其中對抵接頭600包括第一對抵構件602及一第二對抵構件604。接合構件674亦包括第一長形段676,第一長形段676具有第一端678及與第一端678相對之第二端680,其中第二端680連接至第一鉸鍊682,如本文討論。接合構件674亦包括第二長形段677,第二長形段677具有第一端686及與第一端686相對之第二端688,其中第二端688連接至第二鉸鍊690,如本文討論。 Referring now to Figures 6A and 6B, an additional embodiment of a joint member 674 in accordance with the present disclosure is shown. As discussed herein, the engagement member 674 includes a counter joint 600, as discussed herein, wherein the abutment joint 600 includes a first abutment member 602 and a second abutment member 604. The engagement member 674 also includes a first elongate section 676 having a first end 678 and a second end 680 opposite the first end 678, wherein the second end 680 is coupled to the first hinge 682, as herein discuss. The engagement member 674 also includes a second elongate section 677 having a first end 686 and a second end 688 opposite the first end 686, wherein the second end 688 is coupled to the second hinge 690, as herein discuss.

第一鉸鍊682亦連接至第一側軌689且第二鉸鍊690連接至第二側軌691,如本文討論。接合構件674的第一長形段676及第二長形段677各亦包括第一端連接器692及第二端連接器693。第一側軌689及第二側軌694可進一步分別包括結構695及697,如本文討論。 The first hinge 682 is also coupled to the first side rail 689 and the second hinge 690 is coupled to the second side rail 691, as discussed herein. The first elongated section 676 and the second elongated section 677 of the engagement member 674 also each include a first end connector 692 and a second end connector 693. First side rail 689 and second side rail 694 can further include structures 695 and 697, respectively, as discussed herein.

接合構件674可進一步包括一緊固件6100,緊固件6100穿過第一長形段676及第二長形段677的一部分。如圖所示,緊固件6100所穿過之第一長形段676及第二長形段677的部分係從包括對抵接頭600之第一長形段676及第二長形段677的部分延伸。譬如,第一長形段676及第二長形段677可包括管狀結構,如本文討論。第一長形段676及第二長形段677的這些管狀結構係包括第一對抵構件602、第一端連接器692、第二對抵構件604及第二端連接器693,如本文討論。第一長形段676及第二長形段677亦包括一第一樑6102及一第二樑6104。第一樑6102從第一長形段676的管狀結構延伸遠離,且第二樑6104從第二長形段677的管狀結構延伸遠離。 The engagement member 674 can further include a fastener 6100 that passes through a portion of the first elongate section 676 and the second elongate section 677. As shown, portions of the first elongate section 676 and the second elongate section 677 through which the fastener 6100 passes are from the portion including the first elongate section 676 and the second elongate section 677 of the abutting joint 600. extend. For example, the first elongate section 676 and the second elongate section 677 can comprise a tubular structure, as discussed herein. The tubular structures of the first elongate section 676 and the second elongate section 677 include a first abutment member 602, a first end connector 692, a second abutment member 604, and a second end connector 693, as discussed herein. . The first elongated section 676 and the second elongated section 677 also include a first beam 6102 and a second beam 6104. The first beam 6102 extends away from the tubular structure of the first elongate section 676 and the second beam 6104 extends away from the tubular structure of the second elongate section 677.

接合構件的第一樑6102及第二樑6104具有界定供緊固件6100穿過的長橢圓形開口之表面。現在參照第7圖,其中以分解圖顯示接合構件774。如圖所示,接合構件774包括第一長形段776及第二長形段777。第一長形段776及第二長形段777的各者可具有相等的長度。或者,第一長形段776及第二長形段777的一者可比另一長形段更長。本文所提供的接合構件亦在名稱為“接合構件”(案號#128.0020011)之一共同審查中的申請案中作討論,其整體合併於本文以供參考。 The first beam 6102 and the second beam 6104 of the engagement member have a surface that defines an oblong opening for the fastener 6100 to pass through. Referring now to Figure 7, the joint member 774 is shown in an exploded view. As shown, the engagement member 774 includes a first elongate section 776 and a second elongate section 777. Each of the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 can have an equal length. Alternatively, one of the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 may be longer than the other elongate section. The joining members provided herein are also discussed in the co-pending of the name "Joining Member" (Call #128.0020011), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

在一或多個實施例中,第一長形段776及第二長形段777的各者具有一第一樑7102及第二樑7104各者的長橢圓形開口7106。如本文討論,一諸如7106及本文所討論 其他者等長橢圓形開口係可具有一長圓形或雙D形。因此,本文的長橢圓形(oblong)用語可依意願以“長圓形(obround)”或“雙D形(double D)”取代。長圓形被定義成藉由與其端點相切的平行線所連接之兩個半圓形所組成。雙D形被定義成藉由與其端點相切的平行線所連接之兩個弧所組成。本文所用的長圓形或雙D形不包括圓形。 In one or more embodiments, each of the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 has an oblong opening 7106 of each of the first beam 7102 and the second beam 7104. As discussed in this article, one such as 7106 and discussed in this article Other equal-length elliptical openings may have an oblong or double D shape. Therefore, the long oblong term used herein may be replaced by "obround" or "double D" as desired. An oblong shape is defined as consisting of two semicircles connected by parallel lines tangent to its end points. A double D shape is defined as consisting of two arcs connected by parallel lines that are tangent to their endpoints. As used herein, an oblong or double D shape does not include a circle.

如圖所示,第一長形段776的第一樑7102具有一第一表面7108,第一表面7108界定經過第一長形段776的第一樑7102之一第一長橢圓形開口7110,且第二長形段777具有一第二表面7112,第二表面7112界定經過第二長形段777之一第二長橢圓形開口7114。如圖所示,表面7108及7112的各者具有一第一端7116(對於第一長橢圓形開口7110標示成7116-A,且對於第二長橢圓形開口7114標示成7116-B)以及一第二端7118(對於第一長橢圓形開口7110標示成7118-A,且對於第二長橢圓形開口7114標示成7118-B),其中第二端7118係沿著第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114各者的一縱向軸線7120而與第一端7116相對。 As shown, the first beam 7102 of the first elongate section 776 has a first surface 7108 that defines a first oblong opening 7110 through one of the first beams 7102 of the first elongate section 776, And the second elongate section 777 has a second surface 7112 that defines a second oblong opening 7114 through one of the second elongate sections 777. As shown, each of the surfaces 7108 and 7112 has a first end 7116 (labeled 7116-A for the first oblong opening 7110 and 7116-B for the second oblong opening 7114) and a Second end 7118 (labeled 7118-A for first oblong opening 7110 and 7118-B for second oblong opening 7114), wherein second end 7118 is along first oblong opening 7110 And a longitudinal axis 7120 of each of the second oblong openings 7114 is opposite the first end 7116.

接合構件774亦包括緊固件7100,其一部分穿過第一及第二長橢圓形開口7110及7114以連接第一長形段776及第二長形段777。如本文將作更完整討論,緊固件7100穿過第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114。緊固件7100被固接就位以幫助將第一長形段776及第二長形段777固持在一起(譬如,緊固件7100機械性接合第一長形段776及第二長形段777)。 The engagement member 774 also includes a fastener 7100 that passes through the first and second oblong openings 7110 and 7114 to join the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777. As will be more fully discussed herein, the fastener 7100 passes through the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114. The fastener 7100 is secured in place to help hold the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 together (eg, the fastener 7100 mechanically engages the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777) .

雖然緊固件7100機械性接合第一長形段776及第二長形段777,第一長形段776及第二長形段777亦能夠相對於彼此滑動並繞緊固件7100旋轉。第一長形段776及第二長形段777此種相對於彼此滑動的能力係隨著接合構件774折合而容許直角三角形的斜邊長度產生改變,藉此防止損害接合構件、相關聯的鉸鍊及結構,如本文討論。可相對於彼此滑動亦可繞緊固件7100旋轉的此種能力係提供了容許接合構件774克服直角三角形斜邊議題之特徵構造的至少兩者。本發明的此形態將在本文作更完整討論。 While the fastener 7100 mechanically engages the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777, the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 can also slide relative to each other and rotate about the fastener 7100. The ability of the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 to slide relative to each other allows the length of the hypotenuse of the right triangle to change as the engagement member 774 is folded, thereby preventing damage to the engagement member, associated hinge And structure, as discussed in this article. Such ability to slide relative to each other and also about the fastener 7100 provides at least two of the feature configurations that allow the engagement member 774 to overcome the problem of the right triangle bevel. This aspect of the invention will be discussed more fully herein.

此外,如本文討論,第一長形段776及第二長形段777相對於彼此滑動之能力係容許間隙(譬如第一間隙370及第二間隙372,如第3B圖所討論)產生於第一對抵構件702及第二對抵構件704中,藉此容許對於對抵接頭700的第二自由度移行於一拱形路徑中,如本文討論。 Moreover, as discussed herein, the ability of the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 to slide relative to one another is such that the tolerances (eg, the first gap 370 and the second gap 372, as discussed in FIG. 3B) are generated. A pair of abutment members 702 and a second abutment member 704, thereby permitting a second degree of freedom for the abutting joint 700 to travel in an arcuate path, as discussed herein.

可能使用多種不同緊固件7100。譬如,緊固件7100可為一螺栓或一鉚釘形式。螺栓可具有位於或鄰近於一第一端之一螺紋式部分,以供接收位於與第一端相對的一第二端之一螺帽及一頭。螺帽及螺栓的頭可相對於第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114具有防止任一者穿過開口7110及7114之一直徑(譬如,只有螺栓的體部穿過開口7110及7114)。一墊圈亦可使用於螺栓的頭與螺帽之間以幫助防止任一者穿過開口7110及7114。 A variety of different fasteners 7100 may be used. For example, the fastener 7100 can be in the form of a bolt or a rivet. The bolt can have a threaded portion at or adjacent to a first end for receiving a nut and a head at a second end opposite the first end. The head of the nut and bolt can have a diameter that prevents either one from passing through one of the openings 7110 and 7114 with respect to the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 (for example, only the body of the bolt passes through the opening 7110 And 7114). A gasket can also be used between the head of the bolt and the nut to help prevent either of the openings 7110 and 7114 from passing through.

螺栓的範例可包括但不限於結構性螺栓、六角螺栓、或馬車螺栓及其他。配合螺栓使用的螺帽可為一鎖螺 帽、堡形螺帽、槽式螺帽、扭曲螺紋鎖螺帽、干涉螺紋螺帽、或裂樑螺帽、及其他。一堵塞螺帽亦可依意願配合使用螺帽。鉚釘的範例係包括一實心鉚釘,其具有一可穿過開口7110及7114之軸及一未穿過開口7110及7114之頭。一場頭(shop head)可隨後形成於鉚釘上,藉以緊固第一長形段776及第二長形段777。然而,不論使用何者緊固件,緊固件7100未被上緊到禁止接合構件774的第一長形段776及第二長形段777相對於彼此滑動及繞緊固件7100旋轉。 Examples of bolts may include, but are not limited to, structural bolts, hex bolts, or carriage bolts and others. The nut used with the bolt can be a lock screw Caps, cast nuts, slotted nuts, twisted thread lock nuts, interference thread nuts, or split beam nuts, and others. A plug nut can also be used with the nut as desired. An example of a rivet includes a solid rivet having a shaft that can pass through openings 7110 and 7114 and a head that does not pass through openings 7110 and 7114. A shop head can then be formed on the rivet to secure the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777. However, regardless of which fastener is used, the fastener 7100 is not tightened to the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777 of the inhibiting engagement member 774 to slide relative to each other and to rotate about the fastener 7100.

如本文討論,緊固件7100穿過第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114以連接第一長形段776及第二長形段777。對於實施例的一或多者,隨著接合構件774從一第一預定狀態轉折至一第二預定狀態,第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114係相對於彼此且相對於緊固件7100移動。對於本揭示,第一預定狀態可為接合構件774的未折合狀態。在未折合狀態中,接合構件774可只移動朝向其第二預定狀態。在第一預定狀態中,第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114具有一最小重疊且第一對抵構件702的突部706座接在第二對抵構件704的插座718中。第8圖顯示此第一預定狀態。從第一預定狀態,第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114可移動朝向一第二預定狀態,其中第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114相對於最小重疊具有一最大重疊且第一對抵構件702的突部706從第二對抵構件704的插座718解除座接。 As discussed herein, the fastener 7100 passes through the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 to join the first elongate section 776 and the second elongate section 777. For one or more of the embodiments, the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 are relative to each other and relative to each other as the engaging member 774 is turned from a first predetermined state to a second predetermined state. The fastener 7100 moves. For the present disclosure, the first predetermined state may be the unfolded state of the engagement member 774. In the unfolded state, the engagement member 774 can only move toward its second predetermined state. In the first predetermined state, the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 have a minimum overlap and the protrusion 706 of the first abutment member 702 is seated in the socket 718 of the second abutment member 704. . Figure 8 shows this first predetermined state. From the first predetermined state, the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 are movable toward a second predetermined state, wherein the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 are opposite to each other with a minimum overlap The protrusion 706 having a maximum overlap and the first abutment member 702 is disengaged from the socket 718 of the second abutment member 704.

如本文所示,緊固件7100具有一軸向中心7122(譬如,一可供緊固件7100繞其旋轉之縱向軸線),其隨著接合構件774從一第一預定狀態轉折至一第二預定狀態而沿著(譬如實質地平行於)第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的縱向軸線7120移動。緊固件7100的橫剖面形狀係為隨著接合構件774從一第一預定狀態轉折至一第二預定狀態而容許緊固件7100沿著第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的縱向軸線7120移行而沿著第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的次要軸線7124並無任何顯著移行量之尺寸及形狀。所以,譬如,與第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的兩半圓形端點相切之平行線之間的距離係近似為本文所示穿過第一及第二長橢圓形開口7110及7114之緊固件7100的部分之直徑。 As shown herein, the fastener 7100 has an axial center 7122 (eg, a longitudinal axis about which the fastener 7100 can be rotated) that transitions from a first predetermined state to a second predetermined state as the engagement member 774 transitions from a first predetermined state The longitudinal axis 7120 of the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 are moved along (e.g., substantially parallel to). The cross-sectional shape of the fastener 7100 is such as to allow the fastener 7100 to follow the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 as the engagement member 774 is turned from a first predetermined state to a second predetermined state. The longitudinal axis 7120 travels along the minor axis 7124 of the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 without any significant amount of displacement and shape. Thus, for example, the distance between the parallel lines tangent to the two semicircular end points of the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 is approximately the first and second lengths shown herein. The diameter of the portion of the fastener 7100 of the elliptical openings 7110 and 7114.

現在參照第8圖,顯示第一預定狀態中之接合構件874的第一長形段876及第二長形段877。在第一預定狀態中,第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114相對於接合構件874的第二預定狀態(第二預定狀態的一實施例顯示於第12圖並在本文作更完整討論)及第一與第二預定狀態之間位置中的重疊量而言具有一最小重疊。 Referring now to Figure 8, a first elongate section 876 and a second elongate section 877 of the engagement member 874 in a first predetermined state are shown. In a first predetermined state, the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 are in a second predetermined state relative to the engagement member 874 (an embodiment of the second predetermined state is shown in FIG. 12 and is herein A more complete discussion) and a minimum overlap in the amount of overlap in the position between the first and second predetermined states.

確切來說,對於第一預定狀態之第8圖所示的重疊量係近似為端視圖所示穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分之橫剖面積。在一實施例中,重疊面積等於穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分之橫剖面積。對於 此段討論的任一實施例,第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114處於其第一預定狀態時亦界定與穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分的橫剖面形狀呈現對應之一形狀。 Specifically, the amount of overlap shown in FIG. 8 for the first predetermined state is approximately the cross-sectional area of the portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114 as shown in end view. In one embodiment, the overlap area is equal to the cross-sectional area of the portion of fastener 8100 that passes through openings 8110 and 8114. for In any of the embodiments discussed in this paragraph, the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114, in their first predetermined state, also define a cross-sectional shape of the portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114. Presents a corresponding shape.

再度參照第7圖,界定第一長橢圓形開口7110之第一表面7108及界定第二長橢圓形開口7114之第二表面7112係各包括第一端7116以及與第一端7116相對之第二端7118。第一端7116及第二端7118各為一弧的形狀,其當處於第一預定狀態時有助於表面7108、7112形成一圓形(請見第8圖)。對於其他實施例,第一端7116及/或第二端7118可包括一或多個形狀,包括但不限於多角形、非多角形、及其組合。此外,第一長橢圓形開口及第二長橢圓形開口,可如本文討論沿著第一長形段776的第一端7130及第二長形段777的一第一端7132的一高度7126及/或一寬度7128被定位於數個不同區位。 Referring again to FIG. 7, the first surface 7108 defining the first oblong opening 7110 and the second surface 7112 defining the second oblong opening 7114 each include a first end 7116 and a second opposite the first end 7116 End 7118. The first end 7116 and the second end 7118 are each in the shape of an arc that assists the surface 7108, 7112 in forming a circular shape when in the first predetermined state (see Figure 8). For other embodiments, the first end 7116 and/or the second end 7118 can include one or more shapes including, but not limited to, polygons, non-polygons, and combinations thereof. Additionally, a first oblong opening and a second oblong opening may be discussed herein as a height 7126 along a first end 7130 of the first elongate section 776 and a first end 7132 of the second elongate section 777. And/or a width 7128 is located in a number of different locations.

所以,如第8圖所示,在第一預定狀態中,第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114提供一圓形,其與穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分的一圓形橫剖面形狀呈現對應。除了具有相同形狀外,由第一預定狀態中第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114所界定的面積係為穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分的橫剖面積。如同瞭解且本文將作討論,穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分的橫剖面積以及由第一預定狀態中第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114所界定的面 積並未確切到使第一長形段876及第二長形段877束縛而無法相對於彼此滑動並繞緊固件8100旋轉。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 8, in the first predetermined state, the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 provide a circular shape with portions of the fastener 8100 passing through the openings 8110 and 8114. A circular cross-sectional shape is presented correspondingly. In addition to having the same shape, the area defined by the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 in the first predetermined state is the cross-sectional area of the portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114. As will be appreciated and discussed herein, the cross-sectional area of the portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114 and the face defined by the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 in the first predetermined state. The product is not so precise that the first elongate section 876 and the second elongate section 877 are restrained from sliding relative to each other and rotating about the fastener 8100.

在第一預定狀態中,第一表面8108的一部分及第二表面8112的一部分係實體接觸於穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100。易言之,表面8108的一部分及表面8112的一部分係在第一預定狀態中坐下或倚靠抵住穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的一部分。 In the first predetermined state, a portion of the first surface 8108 and a portion of the second surface 8112 are in physical contact with the fasteners 8100 that pass through the openings 8110 and 8114. In other words, a portion of the surface 8108 and a portion of the surface 8112 are seated or rested against a portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114 in a first predetermined state.

如第7圖所示,第一長形段776包括第一對抵構件702且第二長形段777包括第二對抵構件704,如本文討論。在第一預定狀態中,第一對抵構件702及第二對抵構件704係實體接觸,且第一表面7108的一部分及第二表面7112的一部分實體接觸於緊固件7100。易言之,當接合構件774處於第一預定狀態時,第一對抵構件702及第二對抵構件704係對抵或座接。第8圖顯示處於第一預定狀態之第一對抵構件802及第二對抵構件804,其中對抵構件802及804座接抵住彼此,如本文討論。 As shown in Figure 7, the first elongate section 776 includes a first abutment member 702 and the second elongate section 777 includes a second abutment member 704, as discussed herein. In the first predetermined state, the first abutment member 702 and the second abutment member 704 are in physical contact, and a portion of the first surface 7108 and a portion of the second surface 7112 are physically in contact with the fastener 7100. In other words, when the engaging member 774 is in the first predetermined state, the first abutting member 702 and the second abutting member 704 are abutted or seated. Figure 8 shows the first abutment member 802 and the second abutment member 804 in a first predetermined state in which the abutment members 802 and 804 are seated against each other, as discussed herein.

再度參照第7圖,當接合構件774處於第一預定狀態、或未折合狀態時,且一施加至接合構件774的結構性負荷7134係造成第一對抵構件702及第二對抵構件704處於壓縮下(譬如,各對抵構件702及704施加一壓縮力至另一者)。在同時,第一長橢圓形開口7110的表面7108及第二長橢圓形開口7114的表面7112之一部分係施加一剪應力至穿過開口7110及7114之緊固件7100的部分。譬如,第一預定狀態中之剪應力係藉由第一表面7108(7116-A)及第二表面 7112(7116-B)兩者之第一表面的第一端7116被施加至緊固件7100。因此,在第一預定狀態中,緊固件7100並未自由沿著第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的縱向軸線7122而移動。結果,結構性負荷7134被固持在接合構件774上的第一預定狀態中,其具有有助於將施加至穿過開口7110及7114之緊固件7100的部分之剪應力予以抵銷之第一對抵構件702及第二對抵構件704的壓縮力。 Referring again to Figure 7, when the engagement member 774 is in the first predetermined state, or in the unfolded state, and a structural load 7134 applied to the engagement member 774 causes the first abutment member 702 and the second abutment member 704 to be Under compression (for example, each of the opposing members 702 and 704 applies a compressive force to the other). At the same time, a portion of the surface 7108 of the first oblong opening 7110 and the surface 7112 of the second oblong opening 7114 exerts a shear stress to a portion of the fastener 7100 that passes through the openings 7110 and 7114. For example, the shear stress in the first predetermined state is by the first surface 7108 (7116-A) and the second surface A first end 7116 of the first surface of both 7112 (7116-B) is applied to the fastener 7100. Thus, in the first predetermined state, the fastener 7100 is not free to move along the longitudinal axis 7122 of the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114. As a result, the structural load 7134 is retained in a first predetermined state on the engagement member 774 having a first pair that helps offset the shear stress applied to the portion of the fastener 7100 that passes through the openings 7110 and 7114. The compressive force of the abutting member 702 and the second abutting member 704.

如第7圖所示,第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114具有一長圓形,其各具有比一次要軸線7124更長的一縱向軸線7120(主要軸線)。縱向軸線7120及次要軸線7124可各相對於彼此具有對稱性。縱向軸線7120比次要軸線7124更長。譬如,縱向軸線7120長度對於次要軸線7124長度的比值係位於10.0:1.0至1.1至1.0、8.0:1.0至1.1:1.0、或5.0:1.0至1.1:1.0的範圍。本文所用的“軸線”未必指對稱性,但對於一或多個實施例,長橢圓形開口可沿主要軸線、次要軸線、或兩軸線呈現對稱。本文所用的“軸線”係指一直線,可想像一例如長橢圓形開口等幾何特徵構造可沿該直線旋轉。 As shown in FIG. 7, the first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening 7114 have an oblong shape each having a longitudinal axis 7120 (primary axis) that is longer than the primary axis 7124. The longitudinal axis 7120 and the secondary axis 7124 can each have symmetry with respect to each other. The longitudinal axis 7120 is longer than the secondary axis 7124. For example, the ratio of the length of the longitudinal axis 7120 to the length of the secondary axis 7124 is in the range of 10.0: 1.0 to 1.1 to 1.0, 8.0: 1.0 to 1.1: 1.0, or 5.0: 1.0 to 1.1: 1.0. As used herein, "axis" does not necessarily refer to symmetry, but for one or more embodiments, the oblong opening may exhibit symmetry along a primary axis, a secondary axis, or both axes. As used herein, "axis" refers to a straight line, and it is envisioned that a geometric feature such as a long elliptical opening can be rotated along the line.

可以一或多個接合構件774(譬如接合構件774的不只一者)所意圖攜載之結構性負荷的尺寸及/或量為基礎來選擇第一長橢圓形開口7110及第二長橢圓形開口7114的尺寸及形狀以及緊固件7100的尺寸及形狀。 The first oblong opening 7110 and the second oblong opening may be selected based on the size and/or amount of structural load that one or more engagement members 774 (such as more than one of the engagement members 774) are intended to carry. The size and shape of the 7114 and the size and shape of the fastener 7100.

如第7圖所示,第一長形段776的第一端7130進一步包括一表面7136,表面7136界定一弧、在此實例中為一 半圓形,且第二長形段777的第一端7132進一步包括一表面7138,表面7138界定一弧、在此實例中為一半圓形。呈現弧形狀的表面7136及7138係容許第一長形段776的第一端7130或第二長形段777的第一端7132相對於彼此移動而不與對抵構件702抑或704或有可能安裝在長形段776及/或777上的地板產生干擾。譬如,隨著接合構件774從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態,第一長形段776的第一端7130可相對於第二段777上的第二對抵構件704移動。表面7136的形狀係容納一未變成接觸於第二長形段777上的第二對抵構件704之移行路徑。弧以外的形狀係為可能並包括但不限於多角形、非多角形、及其組合。 As shown in FIG. 7, the first end 7130 of the first elongate section 776 further includes a surface 7136 defining an arc, in this example a The semi-circular shape, and the first end 7132 of the second elongate section 777 further includes a surface 7138 that defines an arc, in this example a semi-circular shape. The arcuately shaped surfaces 7136 and 7138 allow the first end 7130 of the first elongate section 776 or the first end 7132 of the second elongate section 777 to move relative to each other without 704 or 704 to the opposing member 702. The floor mounted on the elongated sections 776 and/or 777 creates interference. For example, as the engagement member 774 transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state, the first end 7130 of the first elongate section 776 can move relative to the second abutment member 704 on the second section 777. The surface 7136 is shaped to accommodate a path of travel that does not become contacted by the second abutment member 704 on the second elongate section 777. Shapes other than arcs are possible and include, but are not limited to, polygons, non-polygons, and combinations thereof.

如本文討論,第8圖顯示處於可稱為未折合狀態的第一預定狀態之接合構件874的第一長形段876及第二長形段877之一實施例。在第一預定狀態中,第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114相對於接合構件874的第二預定狀態(顯示於第12圖且更完整討論於本文)及第一與第二預定狀態之間許多位置中的重疊量而言具有一最小重疊。確切來說,對於第一預定狀態之第8圖所示的重疊量係近似為穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分之橫剖面積。在一實施例中,重疊的面積等於穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分之橫剖面積。對於此段所討論的任一實施例,第一長橢圓形開口8110及第二長橢圓形開口8114在處於其第一預定狀態時亦界定與穿過開口8110及8114之緊固件8100的部分的橫剖面積呈現對應之一形狀。 As discussed herein, FIG. 8 illustrates one embodiment of a first elongate section 876 and a second elongate section 877 of an engagement member 874 in a first predetermined state that may be referred to as an unfolded state. In a first predetermined state, the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 are in a second predetermined state relative to the engagement member 874 (shown in FIG. 12 and discussed more fully herein) and first and third There is a minimum overlap in the amount of overlap in many locations between the two predetermined states. Specifically, the amount of overlap shown in FIG. 8 for the first predetermined state is approximately the cross-sectional area of the portion of the fastener 8100 that passes through the openings 8110 and 8114. In one embodiment, the area of overlap is equal to the cross-sectional area of the portion of fastener 8100 that passes through openings 8110 and 8114. For any of the embodiments discussed in this paragraph, the first oblong opening 8110 and the second oblong opening 8114 also define portions of the fastener 8100 that pass through the openings 8110 and 8114 when in their first predetermined state. The cross-sectional area presents a corresponding shape.

第8圖亦顯示被座接在第一預定狀態之第一對抵構件802及第二對抵構件804的相對位置。如圖所示,在第一預定狀態中,接合構件874的第一長形段876係包括與第一對抵構件802相對之一第一構件端8140。類似地,接合構件874的第二長形段877係包括與第二對抵構件804相對之一第二構件端8142。在第一預定狀態中,如第8圖所示,第一長形段876的第一構件端8140及第二長形段877的第二構件端8142之間的一距離係提供接合構件874之經界定最大長度8144。如同對於第11A至11E圖所討論,隨著接合構件874從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態,第一長形段876的第一構件端8140及第二長形段877的第二構件端8142之間的距離不超過經界定最大長度8144。 Figure 8 also shows the relative positions of the first abutment member 802 and the second abutment member 804 that are seated in the first predetermined state. As shown, in the first predetermined state, the first elongate section 876 of the engagement member 874 includes a first member end 8140 opposite the first abutment member 802. Similarly, the second elongate section 877 of the engagement member 874 includes a second member end 8142 opposite the second abutment member 804. In the first predetermined state, as shown in FIG. 8, a distance between the first member end 8140 of the first elongate section 876 and the second member end 8142 of the second elongate section 877 provides the engagement member 874 The maximum length is defined as 8144. As discussed with respect to Figures 11A through 11E, the first member end 8140 of the first elongate section 876 and the second member of the second elongate section 877 as the engagement member 874 transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state The distance between the ends 8142 does not exceed the defined maximum length of 8144.

第一鉸鍊882將第一長形段876的第一構件端8140連接至第一側軌889。類似地,第二鉸鍊890將第二長形段877的第二構件端8142連接至第二側軌891。第8圖亦顯示接合構件874的最大長度8144。如第11A至11C圖所示,接合構件從其第一預定狀態(譬如未折合狀態)轉折朝向其第二預定狀態(譬如折合狀態)而接合構件並無任何部分延伸超過如同其第一預定狀態中所界定之其經界定最大長度8144。 A first hinge 882 connects the first member end 8140 of the first elongate section 876 to the first side rail 889. Similarly, the second hinge 890 connects the second member end 8142 of the second elongate section 877 to the second side rail 891. Figure 8 also shows the maximum length 8144 of the engagement member 874. As shown in Figures 11A through 11C, the engagement member transitions from its first predetermined state (e.g., unfolded state) toward its second predetermined state (e.g., the folded state) without any portion of the engagement member extending beyond its first predetermined state. It is defined as having a maximum length of 8144.

第8圖顯示當接合構件874支撐一結構性負荷8134時,力係被分佈以造成第一對抵構件802及第二對抵構件804處於壓縮且第一及第二長橢圓形開口8110及8114的表面8116只施加一剪應力至緊固件8100。亦可能由於接合 構件874支撐結構性負荷8134的緣故,使得第一長形段876及第二長形段877的端8140及8142分別可施加一壓縮力抵住其各別側軌889及891。 Figure 8 shows that when the engagement member 874 supports a structural load 8134, the force is distributed to cause the first abutment member 802 and the second abutment member 804 to be compressed and the first and second oblong openings 8110 and 8114 The surface 8116 applies only a shear stress to the fastener 8100. May also be due to joints The member 874 supports the structural load 8134 such that the ends 8140 and 8142 of the first elongate section 876 and the second elongate section 877 can each exert a compressive force against their respective side rails 889 and 891.

第8圖進一步顯示:隨著結構性負荷8134被固持於接合構件874上的第一預定狀態中,處於一壓縮力下的第一對抵構件802及第二對抵構件804以及藉由來自鉸鍊882及890的幫助而施加剪應力至緊固件8100之表面8108及8112係防止接合構件874彎折或撓曲至任何顯著程度。 Figure 8 further shows that as the structural load 8134 is retained in the first predetermined state on the engagement member 874, the first abutment member 802 and the second abutment member 804 are under a compressive force and are from the hinge The application of shear stress to the surfaces 8108 and 8112 of the fastener 8100 with the aid of 882 and 890 prevents the joint member 874 from bending or flexing to any significant extent.

處於一壓縮力下的第一對抵構件802及第二對抵構件804以及藉由來自鉸鍊882及890的幫助而施加剪應力至緊固件8100之表面8108及8112之靜態交互作用係容許本揭示的接合構件874攜載結構性負荷8134(譬如,如ISO標準1496所指定)。 The first abutment member 802 and the second abutment member 804 under a compressive force and the static interaction of applying shear stress to the surfaces 8108 and 8112 of the fastener 8100 by assistance from the hinges 882 and 890 allow the present disclosure The engagement member 874 carries a structural load 8134 (e.g., as specified by ISO Standard 1496).

第9A及9B圖根據本揭示的一或多個實施例以部份圖顯示一可逆式可折合貨櫃9150。在第9A及9B圖中,已經移除可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的部分(譬如,屋頂結構的部分、側壁結構的部分、地板結構的部分、前壁及後壁的部分、門總成的部分等)以容許更清楚看見接合構件974的區位及相對位置,其在此實施例中作為可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的一橫向構件。第9A圖所示的可逆式可折合貨櫃9150以未折合狀態顯示。 9A and 9B show a reversibly foldable container 9150 in partial view in accordance with one or more embodiments of the present disclosure. In Figures 9A and 9B, portions of the reversibly foldable container 9150 have been removed (e.g., portions of the roof structure, portions of the side wall structure, portions of the floor structure, portions of the front and rear walls, portions of the door assembly) Etc.) to allow for a clearer view of the location and relative position of the engagement member 974, which in this embodiment acts as a cross member of the reversibly foldable container 9150. The reversibly foldable container 9150 shown in Fig. 9A is shown in an unfolded state.

如第9A圖所示,可逆式可折合貨櫃9150係包括一第一角柱9152-1,一第二角柱9152-2,一第三角柱9152-3,及一第四角柱9152-4。角柱9152-1至9152-4係為具 剛性且不可折合的負荷支承垂直支撐構件。此外,角柱9152-1至9152-4具有充分強度以支撐被堆積在可逆式可折合貨櫃9150上的數個其他完全負載貨櫃之重量。角柱9152-1至9152-4的各者係包括一角配件9154(9154-1至9154-8)。角配件9154-1至9154-8可用來供握持、移動、放置、及/或固接可逆式可折合貨櫃9150。在一實施例中,角柱9152-1至9152-4以及角配件9154-1至9154-8係符合用於貨櫃的ISO標準,諸如ISO標準688及ISO標準1496(及ISO1496的修正),及其他。在未折合狀態中,可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的一預定最大寬度9155是八(8)呎(從角配件測量),如ISO 668第五版1995-12-15所提供。 As shown in FIG. 9A, the reversibly foldable container 9150 includes a first corner post 9152-1, a second corner post 9152-2, a third corner post 9152-3, and a fourth corner post 9152-4. Corner posts 9152-1 to 9152-4 are A rigid and non-foldable load supports the vertical support members. In addition, the corner posts 9152-1 through 9152-4 have sufficient strength to support the weight of several other fully loaded containers stacked on the reversibly foldable container 9150. Each of the corner posts 9152-1 through 9152-4 includes a corner fitting 9154 (9154-1 to 9154-8). Angle fittings 9154-1 through 9154-8 can be used to hold, move, place, and/or secure the reversibly foldable container 9150. In one embodiment, the corner posts 9152-1 through 9152-4 and the corner fittings 9154-1 through 9154-8 conform to ISO standards for containers, such as ISO standard 688 and ISO standard 1496 (and amendments to ISO 1496), and others. . In the unfolded state, a predetermined maximum width 9155 of the reversibly foldable container 9150 is eight (8) inches (measured from a corner fitting) as provided in ISO 668 Fifth Edition 1995-12-15.

可逆式可折合貨櫃9150亦包括一第一底側軌9156-1及一第二底側軌9156-2。如圖所示,第一底側軌9156-1位居第一角柱9152-1與第二角柱9152-2之間,且第二底側軌9156-2位居第三角柱9152-3與第四角柱9152-4之間。可逆式可折合貨櫃9150進一步包括一第一上側軌9158-1及一第二上側軌9158-2。第一上側軌9158-1可位居第一角柱9152-1與第二角柱9152-2之間。第二上側軌9158-2可位居第三角柱9152-3與第四角柱9152-4之間。 The reversible foldable container 9150 also includes a first bottom side rail 9156-1 and a second bottom side rail 9156-2. As shown, the first bottom side rail 9156-1 is located between the first corner post 9152-1 and the second corner post 9152-2, and the second bottom side rail 9156-2 is located at the third corner post 9152-3 and the fourth. Between corners 9152-4. The reversibly foldable container 9150 further includes a first upper side rail 9158-1 and a second upper side rail 9158-2. The first upper side rail 9158-1 may be located between the first corner post 9152-1 and the second corner post 9152-2. The second upper side rail 9158-2 may be located between the third corner post 9152-3 and the fourth corner post 9152-4.

可逆式可折合貨櫃9150進一步包括根據本揭示的一接合構件974。如圖所示,第一及第二底側軌9156-1及9156-2係由接合構件974的二或更多者所接合。當可逆式可折合貨櫃9150處於一未折合狀態時,接合構件974作為可逆式可折合貨櫃9150中的一“橫向構件”。當作橫向構件 時,接合構件974係作為一樑,以幫助攜載被置於可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的一地板結構上之一結構性負荷。因此,本揭示的揭露構件974可幫助攜載如ISO標準1496指定的一結構性負荷。然而,不同於典型的橫向構件,本揭示的接合構件974可隨後用來幫助可逆式可折合貨櫃9150以相對於上及底側軌9156及9158的一縱向軸線9162在一側向方向可逆地折合。 The reversibly foldable container 9150 further includes an engagement member 974 in accordance with the present disclosure. As shown, the first and second bottom side rails 9156-1 and 9156-2 are joined by two or more of the engagement members 974. When the reversibly foldable container 9150 is in an unfolded state, the engagement member 974 acts as a "cross member" in the reversibly foldable container 9150. As a cross member The engagement member 974 acts as a beam to assist in carrying a structural load on a floor structure that is placed on the reversibly foldable container 9150. Accordingly, the disclosed component 974 can assist in carrying a structural load as specified by ISO Standard 1496. However, unlike typical cross members, the engagement members 974 of the present disclosure can then be used to assist the reversibly foldable container 9150 to reversibly fold in a lateral direction relative to a longitudinal axis 9162 of the upper and lower side rails 9156 and 9158. .

現在參照第9B圖,顯示處於至少一部份折合狀態之可逆式可折合貨櫃9150。如第9B圖所示,可逆式可折合貨櫃9150的接合構件974係折合至由可逆式可折合貨櫃9150所界定的一容積9164中。隨著接合構件974折合,角柱9152-1至9152-4以及角配件9154-1至9154-8被側向拉近在一起。再度地,可至少部份地由於出現接合構件974而達成可逆式可折合貨櫃9150從未折合狀態(譬如第9A圖)之“足跡”(譬如面積)及容積9164的此種降低。 Referring now to Figure 9B, a reversibly foldable container 9150 in at least a partially folded state is shown. As shown in FIG. 9B, the engagement member 974 of the reversibly foldable container 9150 is folded into a volume 9164 defined by the reversibly foldable container 9150. As the engagement members 974 are folded, the corner posts 9152-1 through 9152-4 and the corner fittings 9154-1 through 9154-8 are pulled sideways together. Again, such a reduction in the "footprint" (e.g., area) and volume 9164 of the reversibly foldable container 9150 from the unfolded state (e.g., Figure 9A) can be achieved, at least in part, due to the occurrence of the engagement member 974.

如本文更完整地討論,本揭示的接合構件974所克服之一主要障礙係為其在未折合狀態中不只作為能夠幫助支撐如ISO標準1496指定之一負荷的結構性構件或樑之能力、且亦為其轉折至折合狀態而接合構件974並無任何部分延伸超過其如未折合狀態中所界定的經界定最大長度9144之驚人能力。接合構件974的此經界定最大長度9144係可為未折合狀態中接合構件的經界定最大長度。所以,本揭示的接合構件可從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態而不造成接合構件的任何部分(譬如幫助界定經界定最大長度 之接合構件端)延伸超過其經界定最大長度。結果,可逆式可折合貨櫃可從未折合狀態轉折朝向折合狀態,而可逆式可折合貨櫃並無任何部分延伸超過在後壁角柱9152的兩者各者上之一預定點所測量的其預定最大寬度9155。後角柱9152各者上的預定點可為角配件9154(譬如如角配件9154-4及9154-2的外表面之間所測量的最大寬度)。此議題如下文呈現。 As discussed more fully herein, one of the major obstacles overcome by the joint member 974 of the present disclosure is its ability to function not only as a structural member or beam capable of supporting a load as specified by ISO Standard 1496 in an unfolded state, and Also for its transition to the folded state, the engaging member 974 does not have any portion that extends beyond its astonishing ability to define a defined maximum length 9144 as defined in the unfolded state. This defined maximum length 9144 of the engagement member 974 can be a defined maximum length of the engagement member in the unfolded state. Therefore, the joint member of the present disclosure can be turned from an unfolded state to a folded state without causing any portion of the joint member (such as helping to define a defined maximum length). The joint member end) extends beyond its defined maximum length. As a result, the reversibly foldable container can be turned from the unfolded state toward the folded state, and the reversibly foldable container does not have any portion that extends beyond its predetermined maximum measured at a predetermined point on each of the rear wall corner posts 9152 Width 9155. The predetermined point on each of the rear corner posts 9152 can be a corner fitting 9154 (such as the maximum width measured between the outer surfaces of the corner fittings 9154-4 and 9154-2). This topic is presented below.

參照第10圖,顯示一貨櫃10166的端視圖。貨櫃10166以部份圖顯示,其中已移除地板結構的部分(譬如木地板)、側壁結構、端構架(譬如前壁及後壁)及門總成以更清楚顯示在試圖折合貨櫃10166時遇到的議題。貨櫃10166不包括本揭示的接合構件,而是顯示具有用於連接一橫向構件10170的兩部分(半部)之鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3。傳統想法認定:鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3應該作為不但將橫向構件10170半部連接在一起且連接至貨櫃10166的底側軌10156-1及10156-2、亦容許橫向構件1017折合至貨櫃10166的一容積10164內之一支承件。 Referring to Figure 10, an end view of a container 10166 is shown. Container 10166 is shown in partial view in which portions of the floor structure (such as wooden floors), side wall structures, end frames (such as front and rear walls), and door assemblies have been removed to more clearly show when attempting to fold the container 10166 Go to the topic. The container 10166 does not include the joint members of the present disclosure, but instead exhibits hinges 10168-1 through 10168-3 having two portions (half portions) for attaching a cross member 10170. Conventional wisdom: hinges 10168-1 through 10168-3 should be used as not only to join the cross members 10170 half and connect to the bottom side rails 10156-1 and 10156-2 of the container 10166, but also to allow the cross member 1017 to be folded to the container 10166 One of the supports within a volume of 10164.

橫向構件10170可具有多種不同的橫剖面形狀。如是橫剖面形狀可包括盒箱(譬如矩形或正方形)、C通路、Z樑及I樑橫剖面形狀。如圖所示,這些橫剖面形狀係在未折合狀態時容許橫向構件10170的表面10172彼此對抵。當對抵時,橫向構件10170的表面10172變成處於壓縮下,佐以鉸鍊10168-1以當一結構性負荷置於貨櫃10166的地板上時防止橫向構件10170的上表面10174延伸於一平面10716 下方。平面10716係為一想像性平坦平面,一條接合任兩點之直線將完整位居其上。所以,在本實施例中,橫向構件10170的上表面10174上的任兩點將位居平面10716中。 The cross member 10170 can have a variety of different cross-sectional shapes. The cross-sectional shape may include a box (such as a rectangle or a square), a C-pass, a Z-beam, and an I-beam cross-sectional shape. As shown, these cross-sectional shapes allow the surfaces 10172 of the cross members 10170 to abut each other when in an unfolded state. When in opposition, the surface 10172 of the cross member 10170 becomes compressed, with the hinge 10168-1 preventing the upper surface 10174 of the cross member 10170 from extending over a plane 10716 when a structural load is placed on the floor of the container 10166. Below. The plane 10716 is an imaginative flat plane, and a straight line joining any two points will be completely placed thereon. Therefore, in this embodiment, any two points on the upper surface 10174 of the cross member 10170 will lie in the plane 10716.

如圖所示,鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3的置放似乎會容許貨櫃10166的地板結構折合於預定最大寬度10155內。然而並非如此。如圖所示,貨櫃10166的橫向構件10170位於未折合狀態且具有一預定最大寬度10155。亦顯示出在貨櫃10166中具有三個鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3,其似乎容許貨櫃10166的橫向構件10170折合至由貨櫃10166所界定之容積10164內。檢視三個鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3的相對區位,出現有一直角三角形10178(以影線顯示)的角。直角三角形10178包括一斜邊10180,斜邊10180比直角三角形10178的一第一腳10182或一第二腳10184皆更長。如同瞭解,第二腳10184長度愈大,則斜邊10180愈長。 As shown, the placement of the hinges 10168-1 through 10168-3 appears to allow the floor structure of the container 10166 to be folded within a predetermined maximum width 10155. However, this is not the case. As shown, the cross member 10170 of the container 10166 is in an unfolded state and has a predetermined maximum width 10155. It is also shown that there are three hinges 10168-1 through 10168-3 in the container 10166 that appear to allow the cross member 10170 of the container 10166 to be folded into the volume 10164 defined by the container 10166. Looking at the relative positions of the three hinges 10168-1 to 10168-3, an angle with a right-angled triangle 10178 (shown in hatching) appears. The right triangle 10178 includes a beveled edge 10180 that is longer than a first leg 10182 or a second leg 10184 of the right triangle 34178. As is known, the longer the second leg 10184 is, the longer the bevel 10180 is.

亦可看出:在未折合狀態中,第一腳10182兩者的長度係幫助界定貨櫃10166的預定最大寬度10155。現在,隨著貨櫃10166開始從一未折合狀態折合,貨櫃10166的寬度將必須變成大於預定最大寬度10155以容納斜邊10180的長度。所以,若橫向構件10170沿著移行方向10186移動,將沒有足夠寬度可供用以構成橫向構件10170的兩部分移動自或移回至未折合狀態(譬如,貨櫃10166的地板平行於平面10716之狀況)。此議題在本文稱為“斜邊議題”。 It can also be seen that in the unfolded state, the length of both the first foot 10182 helps define a predetermined maximum width 10155 of the container 10166. Now, as the container 10166 begins to fold from an unfolded state, the width of the container 10166 will have to become greater than the predetermined maximum width 10155 to accommodate the length of the bevel 10180. Therefore, if the cross member 10170 is moved along the direction of travel 10186, there will be insufficient width for the two portions used to form the cross member 10170 to move or move back to the unfolded state (eg, the floor of the container 10166 is parallel to the plane 10716). . This topic is referred to in this article as the "beveled issue."

若用以構成橫向構件10170的兩部分被迫沿著移行方向10186移動,貨櫃10166的整體寬度將必須增大超過 其預定最大寬度10155。因此,當一容器從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態時,可能欲使得容器寬度不擴張超過其未折合狀態中的預定最大寬度10155。 If the two portions used to form the cross member 10170 are forced to move in the direction of travel 10186, the overall width of the container 10166 will have to increase beyond Its predetermined maximum width is 10155. Thus, when a container is turned from an unfolded state to a folded state, it may be desirable to have the container width not expand beyond a predetermined maximum width 10155 in its unfolded state.

若用以構成橫向構件10170的兩部分被迫沿著移行方向10186移動,可能發生下列至少一者:(1)貨櫃10166的整體寬度將必須增加超過其預定最大寬度10155;(2)用以構成橫向構件10170的部分將被迫(彈性或非彈性)彎折或變形;及/或(3)第一、第二及/或第三鉸鍊10168-1、10168-2、10168-3將變形及/或破裂。當一結構10188配合使用貨櫃10166時,諸如一屋頂結構及/或一側向拉撐構件,其各具有無法或不應延伸超過貨櫃10166預定最大寬度10155的一固定長度及/或寬度,這些議題將變得更明顯。如是側向拉撐構件的範例係可包括但不限於可用來在未折合狀態中幫助拉撐及支撐貨櫃10166之線纜、結構樑、桿及/或管。如同將瞭解,這些結構(譬如屋頂結構、一側向拉撐構件、鉸鍊的一或多者、及/或橫向構件10170、及其他結構)的一或多者係會隨著貨櫃10166從一未折合狀態折合而受損。 If the two portions used to form the cross member 10170 are forced to move in the direction of travel 10186, at least one of the following may occur: (1) the overall width of the container 10166 will have to increase beyond its predetermined maximum width of 10155; (2) The portion of the cross member 10170 will be forced (elastically or inelastically) bent or deformed; and/or (3) the first, second and/or third hinges 10168-1, 10168-2, 10168-3 will be deformed and / or rupture. When a structure 10188 is used in conjunction with the container 10166, such as a roof structure and/or lateral pull members, each having a fixed length and/or width that cannot or should not extend beyond the predetermined maximum width 10155 of the container 10166, Will become more obvious. Examples of lateral pull members can include, but are not limited to, cables, structural beams, rods, and/or tubes that can be used to assist in pulling and supporting the container 10166 in an unfolded state. As will be appreciated, one or more of these structures (such as a roof structure, a side pull member, one or more of the hinges, and/or the cross member 10170, and other structures) will follow the container 10166 from one. The folded state is folded and damaged.

不論發生什麼皆幾乎可確定:由於本文討論的斜邊議題,使貨櫃10166擴張超過其預定最大寬度10155係可導致貨櫃10166(譬如鉸鍊10168-1至10168-3及/或橫向構件1070)弱化使其不再能夠支撐一負荷(譬如,不再符合ISO標準),因此使貨櫃10166不適合其預定用途。因此,當一容器從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態時,可能欲使得容器寬度不擴張超過其在未折合狀態中的預定最大寬度10155。 Whatever happens, it is almost certain that the expansion of the container 10166 beyond its predetermined maximum width of 10155 may result in the weakening of the container 10166 (such as the hinges 10168-1 to 10168-3 and/or the cross member 1070) due to the beveling issues discussed herein. It is no longer able to support a load (for example, no longer conforms to the ISO standard), thus making the container 10166 unsuitable for its intended use. Thus, when a container is turned from an unfolded state to a folded state, it may be desirable to have the container width not expand beyond its predetermined maximum width 10155 in the unfolded state.

本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃中所使用之接合構件係有助於解決本文討論的斜邊議題。接合構件如本文討論係容許可逆式可折合貨櫃從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態而不擴張超過未折合狀態中的預定最大寬度。如本文討論,接合構件被組構的方式係在折合製程期間使得斜邊的長度改變(譬如被容納)。從折合狀態,容器可轉折回到未折合狀態且因此是可逆式可折合。 The joint members used in the reversibly foldable containers of the present disclosure help to solve the problem of beveling discussed herein. The engagement member, as discussed herein, allows the reversibly foldable container to be deflected from an unfolded state to a folded state without expanding beyond a predetermined maximum width in the unfolded state. As discussed herein, the manner in which the joint members are configured is such that the length of the beveled edges changes (e.g., is accommodated) during the folding process. From the folded state, the container can be turned back to the unfolded state and thus reversibly foldable.

此外,當一結構配合使用可逆式可折合貨櫃(譬如,諸如一屋頂結構及/或一側向拉撐構件)時,接合構件係容許可逆式可折合貨櫃可逆地折合於結構的一固定長度及/或寬度內。如是結構的範例可包括但不限於:線纜,結構樑,桿及/或管,其可用來幫助在未折合狀態中拉撐及支撐可逆式可折合貨櫃。如同閱讀本揭示將瞭解:這些結構(譬如屋頂結構、一側向拉撐構件、鉸鍊的一或多者、及/或接合構件、及其他結構)將不會隨著可逆式可折合貨櫃從未折合狀態折合而受損。 In addition, when a structure is used in conjunction with a reversibly foldable container (such as, for example, a roof structure and/or a side tension member), the joint member allows the reversibly foldable container to be reversibly folded into a fixed length of the structure and / or width inside. Examples of structures may include, but are not limited to, cables, structural beams, rods and/or tubes that may be used to assist in pulling and supporting a reversibly foldable container in an unfolded state. As will be appreciated from reading this disclosure: these structures (such as roof structures, side pull members, one or more of the hinges, and/or joint members, and other structures) will not follow the reversible foldable container. The folded state is folded and damaged.

如本文討論,接合構件被組構的方式係在折合製程期間使得斜邊的長度改變(譬如被容納),藉此防止損害接合構件、相關聯鉸鍊及結構(譬如143)。從折合狀態,可逆式可折合貨櫃可轉折回到未折合狀態且因此是可逆式可折合。 As discussed herein, the manner in which the joint members are configured is such that the length of the beveled edges is changed (e.g., accommodated) during the folding process, thereby preventing damage to the joint members, associated hinges, and structures (e.g., 143). From the folded state, the reversibly foldable container can be turned back to the unfolded state and thus reversibly foldable.

如可逆式可折合貨櫃9150中所使用,接合構件974可作為一樑。如本文所用,樑是一種能夠主要藉由抵抗彎折來承受一負荷之結構性元件。對於不同實施例,接合 構件974可對於可逆式可折合貨櫃9150組構成一樑、或一樑的部份。然而,除了作為樑以外,本揭示的接合構件974亦容許可逆式可折合貨櫃9150折合。在一折合狀態中時,可逆式可折合貨櫃係佔據比未折合狀態中可逆式可折合貨櫃更小之一容積。所以,在折合狀態時,結構係佔據比未折合狀態中的結構更小之一容積及/或一面積。 As used in the reversibly foldable container 9150, the engagement member 974 can function as a beam. As used herein, a beam is a structural element that can withstand a load primarily by resisting bending. For different embodiments, bonding Member 974 can form a beam, or a portion of a beam, for the set of reversibly foldable containers 9150. However, in addition to being a beam, the joint member 974 of the present disclosure also allows the reversible foldable container 9150 to be folded. In a folded state, the reversible foldable container system occupies less than one volume of the reversibly foldable container in the unfolded state. Therefore, in the folded state, the structural system occupies one volume and/or one area that is smaller than the structure in the unfolded state.

本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃9150中所使用之接合構件974的另一顯著優點係為其折合於接合構件的一經界定最大長度(譬如經界定最大長度可為接合構件的一最大長度)內之驚人能力。接合構件974的此經界定最大長度係可為未折合狀態中接合構件974的經界定最大長度。所以,本揭示的接合構件可從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態,而不造成接合構件974的任何部分(譬如有助於界定經界定最大長度之接合構件的端)延伸超過其經界定最大長度。下列討論將有助於進一步釐清本揭示的接合構件已幫助克服之問題。 Another significant advantage of the joint member 974 used in the reversibly foldable container 9150 of the present disclosure is that it is folded within a defined maximum length of the joint member (eg, the defined maximum length can be a maximum length of the joint member). Amazing ability. This defined maximum length of the engagement member 974 can be the defined maximum length of the engagement member 974 in the unfolded state. Thus, the joint member of the present disclosure can be turned from an unfolded state to a folded state without causing any portion of the joint member 974 (e.g., to help define the end of the joint member defining the maximum length) to extend beyond its defined maximum length. The following discussion will help to further clarify the problems that the joint members of the present disclosure have helped overcome.

現在參照第11A至11E圖,顯示接合構件1174從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態而接合構件1174並無任何部分延伸超過其預定最大長度11144。在此轉折期間,第一長橢圓形開口、第二長橢圓形開口、及緊固件可相對於彼此移動,第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104亦然。此相對運動有助於使得接合構件1174從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態(譬如折合狀態),而不擴張超過經界定最大長度11144或第一預定狀態中所提供的預定最大寬 度,同時亦不弓起或損害接合構件、一可樞轉連接(譬如鉸鍊)或一容器的一結構,如本文討論。易言之,此相對運動具有克服本文所討論的斜邊議題之效果。 Referring now to Figures 11A through 11E, the engagement member 1174 is shown deflected from a first predetermined state toward a second predetermined state without any portion of the engagement member 1174 extending beyond its predetermined maximum length 11144. During this transition, the first oblong opening, the second oblong opening, and the fastener are movable relative to each other, as are the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104. This relative movement assists in causing the engagement member 1174 to transition from a first predetermined state toward a second predetermined state (e.g., a collapsed state) without expanding beyond a defined maximum length 11144 or a predetermined maximum width provided in the first predetermined state. Degree, while not arching or damaging the joint member, a pivotable connection (such as a hinge) or a structure of a container, as discussed herein. In other words, this relative motion has the effect of overcoming the hypotenuse issue discussed in this article.

接合構件1174可以使可逆式可折合貨櫃的組件不延伸超過其預定最大寬度(譬如ISO標準寬度)之方式作折合。接合構件1174具有一複合鉸鍊的屬性。確切來說,接合構件1174具有在接合構件1174折合及/或解除折合期間所使用之兩獨特且分離的旋轉軸線。 The engagement member 1174 can be folded in such a manner that the components of the reversibly foldable container do not extend beyond their predetermined maximum width (e.g., ISO standard width). The joint member 1174 has the property of a composite hinge. Specifically, the engagement member 1174 has two unique and separate axes of rotation that are used during the engagement and disassembly of the engagement member 1174.

第11A至11C圖顯示藉由第一鉸鍊1182-1被連接至第一底側軌11156-1之第一長形段1176以及藉由第二鉸鍊1182-2被連接至一第二底側軌11156-2之第二長形段1177。第11A至11C圖亦顯示分別藉由穿過第一及第二長橢圓形開口11110及11114的緊固件11100所接合之第一樑11102及第二樑11104。緊固件11100以橫剖面顯示於第11A至11C圖,以更清楚顯示其隨著接合構件1174從第一預定或未折合位置移動朝向第二預定或折合位置之對於第一及第二長橢圓形開口11110及11114的關係。 11A to 11C show a first elongated section 1176 connected to the first bottom side rail 11156-1 by the first hinge 1182-1 and to a second bottom side rail by the second hinge 1182-2 The second elongated section 1177 of 11156-2. Figures 11A through 11C also show first beam 11102 and second beam 11104 joined by fasteners 11100 passing through first and second oblong openings 11110 and 11114, respectively. The fasteners 11100 are shown in cross-section in Figures 11A through 11C to more clearly show the first and second oblong shapes as the engagement member 1174 moves from the first predetermined or unfolded position toward the second predetermined or folded position. The relationship of the openings 11110 and 11114.

第11A圖中,顯示接合構件1174在其第一預定狀態具有其預定最大長度11144。在此第一預定狀態中:第一及第二對抵構件1102及1104係接觸;第一及第二長橢圓形開口11110及11114的重疊相對於第二預定狀態(請見第12圖)處於最小值;且第一樑11102及第二樑11104的表面11108及11112係界定穿過第一及第二長橢圓形開口11110及11114之緊固件11100的部分之橫剖面形狀。第11A圖亦顯示第一及 第二樑11102及11104的一上表面11192。 In Fig. 11A, the engagement member 1174 is shown to have its predetermined maximum length 11144 in its first predetermined state. In this first predetermined state, the first and second abutting members 1102 and 1104 are in contact; the overlap of the first and second oblong openings 11110 and 11114 is in a state relative to a second predetermined state (see FIG. 12). The minimum value; and the surfaces 11108 and 11112 of the first beam 11102 and the second beam 11104 define a cross-sectional shape of a portion of the fastener 11100 that passes through the first and second oblong openings 11110 and 11114. Figure 11A also shows the first and An upper surface 11192 of the second beams 11102 and 11104.

隨著接合構件1174開始折合,接合構件1174的不同部分係移動藉以繞預定旋轉點(譬如一第一旋轉軸線)作旋轉,以相對於接合構件1174的一或多個其他部份滑動及/或在折合製程的不同階段位移。現在參照第11B圖,顯示接合構件1174開始從如第11A圖所見的其第一預定狀態折合朝向如第12圖所見的第二預定狀態。如第11B圖所示,第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104係界定繞對於第一長形段1176及第二長形段1177之一第一旋轉軸線的一第一旋轉點。易言之,第一長形段1176及第二長形段1177繞其旋轉之第一旋轉點係被界定於第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104之間的接觸點。繞此第一旋轉點之旋轉可至少部份地由於一在方向11202施加至接合構件的力所造成。 As the engagement member 1174 begins to fold, different portions of the engagement member 1174 are moved to rotate about a predetermined point of rotation (such as a first axis of rotation) to slide relative to one or more other portions of the engagement member 1174 and/or Displacement at different stages of the folding process. Referring now to Figure 11B, the engagement member 1174 is shown to begin to fold from its first predetermined state as seen in Figure 11A toward a second predetermined state as seen in Figure 12. As shown in FIG. 11B, the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104 define a first point of rotation about a first axis of rotation for the first elongate segment 1176 and the second elongate segment 1177. In other words, the first point of rotation about which the first elongate section 1176 and the second elongate section 1177 rotate is defined by the point of contact between the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104. Rotation about this first point of rotation can be caused, at least in part, by a force applied to the engagement member in direction 11202.

隨著第一長形段1176及第二長形段1177繞第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104所界定的第一旋轉點作旋轉,界定第一長橢圓形開口11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的表面11108及11112係相對於彼此移動。隨著接合構件1174從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態,緊固件11100亦可(譬如側向地)移動於第一長橢圓形開口11110及/或第二長橢圓形開口11114內。在轉折朝向第二預定狀態時,緊固件11100係活動於第一長橢圓形開口11110及/或第二長橢圓形開口11114內。如本文討論,隨著接合構件1174從一第一預定狀態轉折至一第二預定狀態,緊固件11100的軸向中心11122沿著(譬如實質地平行於)第一長橢圓形開口 11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的縱向軸線11120移動。緊固件11100的橫剖面形狀的尺寸及形狀係隨著接合構件1174從一第一預定狀態轉折至一第二預定狀態而容許緊固件11100沿著第一長橢圓形開口11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的縱向軸線11120移行,而沿著第一長橢圓形開口11110及第二長橢圓形開口11114的次要軸線11124並無任何顯著移行量。所以,譬如,與第一及第二長圓形開口11110及11114的兩半圓形端點相切之平行線之間的距離係近似為穿過第一及第二長圓形開口11110及11114之緊固件11100的部分之直徑。 As the first elongate section 1176 and the second elongate section 1177 rotate about a first point of rotation defined by the first abutting member 1102 and the second abutting member 1104, defining a first oblong opening 11110 and a second The surfaces 11108 and 11112 of the oblong opening 11114 are moved relative to each other. As the engagement member 1174 transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state, the fastener 11100 can also move (eg, laterally) within the first oblong opening 11110 and/or the second oblong opening 11114. The fastener 11100 is movable within the first oblong opening 11110 and/or the second oblong opening 11114 when the turning is toward the second predetermined state. As discussed herein, as the engagement member 1174 transitions from a first predetermined state to a second predetermined state, the axial center 11122 of the fastener 11100 is along (eg, substantially parallel to) the first oblong opening. The longitudinal axis 11120 of the 11110 and second oblong opening 11114 moves. The cross-sectional shape of the fastener 11100 is sized and shaped to permit the fastener 11100 to follow the first oblong opening 11110 and the second oblong shape as the engagement member 1174 is turned from a first predetermined state to a second predetermined state. The longitudinal axis 11120 of the opening 11114 travels without any significant amount of travel along the minor axis 11124 of the first oblong opening 11110 and the second oblong opening 11114. Therefore, for example, the distance between parallel lines tangential to the circular ends of the first and second oblong openings 11110 and 11114 is approximately through the first and second oblong openings 11110 and 11114. The diameter of the portion of the fastener 11100.

如第11B圖所示,緊固件11100已側向地移動(譬如在一重合於縱向軸線11120的方向)於第一長橢圓形開口11110內。同理,緊固件11100可側向地移動於第二長橢圓形開口11114內(譬如在一重合於縱向軸線11120的方向)。 As shown in FIG. 11B, the fastener 11100 has been moved laterally (e.g., in a direction coincident with the longitudinal axis 11120) within the first oblong opening 11110. Similarly, the fastener 11100 can be moved laterally within the second oblong opening 11114 (e.g., in a direction that coincides with the longitudinal axis 11120).

第11B圖顯示一間隙1182如何產生於緊固件11100及用以界定第一長橢圓形開口11110(11116-A)及第二長橢圓形開口11114(11116-B)的表面之第一端11116之間。接合構件1174可繞第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104之間的一接觸點(譬如一預定接觸點)旋轉,譬如直到第一長橢圓形開口11110(11118-A)及第二長橢圓形開口11114(11118-B)的第二端11118接觸緊固件11100為止。 FIG. 11B shows how a gap 1182 is generated in the fastener 11100 and the first end 11116 of the surface defining the first oblong opening 11110 (11116-A) and the second oblong opening 11114 (11116-B). between. The engagement member 1174 is rotatable about a contact point (eg, a predetermined contact point) between the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104, such as up to the first oblong opening 11110 (11118-A) and the second The second end 11118 of the oblong opening 11114 (11118-B) contacts the fastener 11100.

第11C圖顯示第一長橢圓形開口11110(11118-A)及第二長橢圓形開口11114(11118-B)的第二端11118接觸緊固件11100之此實施例。第11C圖亦顯示:當被定位抵住緊 固件11100時,旋轉點此時係從第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104所界定的第一旋轉點移位至由第一長橢圓形開口11110的第一表面11108(11118-A)及第二長橢圓形開口11114的第二表面11112(11118-B)的第二端11118所形成之一第二旋轉軸線上的一第二旋轉點。繞對於第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104之一第二旋轉軸線的此第二旋轉點係不同於本文討論的第一旋轉點。如同先前,繞此第二旋轉點之旋轉係可至少部份地由於在方向11202施加至接合構件之一力所造成。 Figure 11C shows this embodiment of the first oblong opening 11110 (11118-A) and the second end 11118 of the second oblong opening 11114 (11118-B) contacting the fastener 11100. Figure 11C also shows: when positioned to hold tight At the time of the firmware 11100, the point of rotation is now displaced from the first point of rotation defined by the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104 to the first surface 11108 of the first oblong opening 11110 (11118-A) And a second end 11118 of the second surface 11112 (11118-B) of the second oblong opening 11114 forms a second point of rotation on the second axis of rotation. This second point of rotation about a second axis of rotation for the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104 is different than the first point of rotation discussed herein. As before, the rotation about this second point of rotation can be caused, at least in part, by the force applied to one of the engagement members in direction 11202.

如第11A至11C圖所示,隨著接合構件1174從第一預定狀態轉折朝向第二預定狀態,第一長形段1176及第二長形段1177在繞第二旋轉點旋轉(譬如在其上轉動)之前係繞第一旋轉點旋轉(譬如在其上轉動)。並且,如第11C圖所示,當第一表面11108(11118-A)及第二表面11112(11116-B)兩者之第二端11118座接抵住緊固件11100時,第一表面11108(11116-A)及第二表面11112(11116-B)各者之第一端11116未接觸緊固件11100。 As shown in Figures 11A through 11C, as the engagement member 1174 transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state, the first elongate section 1176 and the second elongate section 1177 are rotated about the second point of rotation (e.g., in Before turning up), it rotates around the first point of rotation (for example, on it). And, as shown in FIG. 11C, when the second end 11118 of the first surface 11108 (11118-A) and the second surface 11112 (11116-B) is seated against the fastener 11100, the first surface 11108 ( The first end 11116 of each of the 11116-A) and second surface 11112 (11116-B) is not in contact with the fastener 11100.

如第11A至11C圖所示,隨著第一長形段1176及第二長形段1177繞第一旋轉點旋轉(譬如在其上轉動),第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104的第一旋轉點可初始地從其座接位置沿著縱向軸線1166分離或移動。發生此作用時,第一間隙1170形成於突部1106的遠端及第二對抵構件1104的插座1118的第二端之間。第二間隙1172亦形成於突部1106的第一表面及插座1118的第一表面之間。對於對抵 接頭1100的給定組態之第一間隙1170及第二間隙1172的此組合係隨著接合構件1174繞第二旋轉點旋轉而容許第一對抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104沿著拱形移行路徑移行。 As shown in FIGS. 11A-11C, as the first elongate section 1176 and the second elongate section 1177 are rotated about the first point of rotation (eg, rotated thereon), the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member The first point of rotation of 1104 can be initially separated or moved from its seating position along longitudinal axis 1166. When this occurs, a first gap 1170 is formed between the distal end of the projection 1106 and the second end of the receptacle 1118 of the second abutment member 1104. A second gap 1172 is also formed between the first surface of the protrusion 1106 and the first surface of the socket 1118. For the opposite This combination of the first gap 1170 and the second gap 1172 of a given configuration of the joint 1100 allows the first abutment member 1102 and the second abutment member 1104 to follow the arch as the engagement member 1174 rotates about the second point of rotation The shape shift path moves.

從第一旋轉點移位至第二旋轉點時,接合構件1174斜邊的長度係從當接合構件1174處於第一預定狀態(如本文討論)時的一初始值改變至諸如當旋轉點移位至第一長橢圓形開口11110(11118-A)及第二長橢圓形開口11114(11118-B)的第二端11118以及緊固件11100之間的接觸點時相對於初始值之一較短值。 When displaced from the first point of rotation to the second point of rotation, the length of the beveled edge of the engagement member 1174 changes from an initial value when the engagement member 1174 is in the first predetermined state (as discussed herein) to, for example, when the point of rotation is displaced a contact point between the first elliptical opening 11110 (11118-A) and the second end 11118 of the second oblong opening 11114 (11118-B) and the fastener 11100 is shorter than one of the initial values .

可利用第11D及11E圖顯示接合構件1174的斜邊長度之此變化。第11D及11E圖的破折線11204及11206顯示當接合構件位於第一旋轉點或第二旋轉點時之接合構件1174的斜邊。在第11D圖,顯示第一長形段1176,在第一預定狀態,皆位於一共同平面中的緊固件11100、第一對抵構件1102及第二端1180係可界定第一長形段1176的一直角三角形11208。確切來說,直角三角形11208的斜邊係位於緊固件11100及第二端1180之間,直角三角形11208的一第一腳11209係由第二端1180以及一從第二端1180延伸的第一線11212及一從緊固件11100型心延伸的第二線11213之正交交點所界定,其中第一及第二線11212及11213位於共同平面中。 This variation of the bevel length of the joint member 1174 can be shown using Figs. 11D and 11E. The dashed lines 11204 and 11206 of Figures 11D and 11E show the beveled edges of the engagement members 1174 when the engagement members are at the first or second point of rotation. In FIG. 11D, a first elongate section 1176 is shown, in which the fastener 11100, the first abutment member 1102, and the second end 1180, both in a common plane, define a first elongate section 1176. The right triangle is 11208. Specifically, the hypotenuse of the right triangle 13208 is between the fastener 11100 and the second end 1180. A first leg 11209 of the right triangle 11208 is a second end 1180 and a first line extending from the second end 1180. 11212 and an orthogonal intersection of a second line 11213 extending from the core of the fastener 11100, wherein the first and second lines 11212 and 11213 are in a common plane.

如第11D圖所示,在第一預定狀態時,破折線11204顯示接合構件1174的斜邊。當旋轉點移位至第二旋轉點時,破折線11206顯示相對於第一預定狀態的斜邊而言此 時縮短的斜邊。除了比破折線11204更短外,當接合構件處於第一預定狀態時,破折線11206所顯示的斜邊可等於或短於第一長形段1176的直角三角形11208之第一腳11209。利用此方式,具有此時縮短的斜邊之接合構件1174可譬如穿過經界定最大長度11144,如本文討論。 As shown in FIG. 11D, in the first predetermined state, the broken line 11204 shows the oblique side of the joint member 1174. When the rotation point is shifted to the second rotation point, the dashed line 11206 displays the bevel relative to the first predetermined state. The shortened hypotenuse. In addition to being shorter than the broken line 11204, the beveled line 11206 can exhibit a beveled edge that is equal to or shorter than the first leg 11209 of the right-angled triangle 11208 of the first elongate section 1176 when the engaging member is in the first predetermined state. In this manner, the engagement member 1174 having the beveled edge that is now shortened can, for example, pass through the defined maximum length 11144, as discussed herein.

類似地,在第11E圖顯示第二長形段1177,其中在第一預定狀態中,皆位於一共同平面中之緊固件11100、第二對抵構件1104及第二長形段1177的第二端1188係界定第二長形段1177的一直角三角形11208。確切來說,直角三角形11208的斜邊係位於緊固件11100及第二端1188之間,直角三角形11208的一第一腳11209係由第二端1188以及一從第二端1188延伸的第一線11212及一從緊固件11100型心延伸的第二線11213之正交交點所界定,其中第一及第二線11212及11213位於共同平面中。 Similarly, in FIG. 11E, a second elongate section 1177 is shown in which, in the first predetermined state, the fastener 11100, the second abutment member 1104, and the second elongate segment 1177 are both in a common plane. End 1188 is a right-angled triangle 11208 that defines a second elongated section 1177. Specifically, the hypotenuse of the right triangle 13208 is between the fastener 11100 and the second end 1188. A first leg 11209 of the right triangle 11208 is a second end 1188 and a first line extending from the second end 1188. 11212 and an orthogonal intersection of a second line 11213 extending from the core of the fastener 11100, wherein the first and second lines 11212 and 11213 are in a common plane.

如第11E圖所示,在第一預定狀態時,破折線11204顯示接合構件1174的斜邊。當旋轉點移位至第二旋轉點時,破折線11206顯示相對於第一預定狀態的斜邊而言此時縮短的斜邊。除了比破折線11204更短外,當接合構件處於第一預定狀態時,破折線11206所顯示的斜邊可等於或短於第二長形段1177的直角三角形11208的第一腳11209。利用此方式,具有此時縮短的斜邊之接合構件1174係可譬如穿過經界定最大長度11144,如本文討論。 As shown in FIG. 11E, in the first predetermined state, the broken line 11204 shows the oblique side of the joint member 1174. When the rotation point is shifted to the second rotation point, the broken line 11206 displays the hypotenuse that is shortened at this time with respect to the oblique side of the first predetermined state. In addition to being shorter than the dashed line 11204, the chamfer line 11206 can exhibit a beveled edge that is equal to or shorter than the first leg 11209 of the right-angled triangle 11208 of the second elongate section 1177 when the engagement member is in the first predetermined state. In this manner, the engagement members 1174 having the beveled edges that are now shortened can, for example, pass through the defined maximum length 11144, as discussed herein.

如第11D及11E圖所示,在第一預定狀態,斜邊具有比第一腳11209長度更大的一長度。然而,隨著第一對 抵構件1102及第二對抵構件1104繞第一旋轉點旋轉,直角三角形11208的第一腳11209長度係改變達一長度11230,其係為緊固件11100型心移行於第一預定狀態與第二預定狀態之間的長度。第一腳11209的變化亦改變斜邊的長度,故其不再大於如第一預定位置中所測量之第一腳11209的長度。斜邊的有效長度之此變化係容許接合構件1174折合朝向第二預定狀態,而不延伸超過在第一預定狀態中所界定的經界定最大長度11144。為了將接合構件1174解除折合,可將與力11202相對的一力施加至經折合的接合構件以造成接合構件1174回到其第一預定狀態,如第11A圖所見。回到其第一預定狀態時,不超過經界定最大長度11144。 As shown in FIGS. 11D and 11E, in the first predetermined state, the oblique side has a length greater than the length of the first leg 11209. However, with the first pair The abutting member 1102 and the second abutting member 1104 are rotated about the first rotation point, and the length of the first leg 11209 of the right triangle 11208 is changed to a length 11230, which is the movement of the fastener 11100 to the first predetermined state and the second state. The length between the predetermined states. The change in the first leg 11209 also changes the length of the hypotenuse so that it is no longer greater than the length of the first leg 11209 as measured in the first predetermined position. This variation in the effective length of the bevel allows the engagement member 1174 to be folded toward the second predetermined state without extending beyond the defined maximum length 11144 defined in the first predetermined state. To unfold the engagement member 1174, a force opposing the force 11202 can be applied to the folded engagement member to cause the engagement member 1174 to return to its first predetermined state, as seen in FIG. 11A. When returning to its first predetermined state, it does not exceed the defined maximum length of 11144.

現在參照第12圖,顯示第二預定狀態中之接合構件1274的一實施例,其中第一長橢圓形開口12110及第二長橢圓形開口12114可相對於最小重疊(譬如第一預定狀態)而言具有一最大重疊,如本文討論。在第12圖所示的實施例中,當第一長橢圓形開口及第二長橢圓形開口處於第二預定狀態時,緊固件12100自由沿著第一長橢圓形開口及第二長橢圓形的縱向軸線12120移動。 Referring now to Figure 12, an embodiment of the engagement member 1274 in a second predetermined state is illustrated wherein the first oblong opening 12110 and the second oblong opening 12114 are relative to a minimum overlap (e.g., a first predetermined state). The words have a maximum overlap, as discussed in this article. In the embodiment shown in Fig. 12, when the first oblong opening and the second oblong opening are in the second predetermined state, the fastener 12100 is free to follow the first oblong opening and the second oblong shape. The longitudinal axis 12120 moves.

在第二預定狀態中,第12圖顯示第一長橢圓形開口12110完全地重疊第二長橢圓形開口12114。雖然第12圖顯示第一長橢圓形開口12110及第二長橢圓形開口12114的一完全重疊,該重疊可譬如由於機器公差等等因素而意圖呈現實質完全。第一長橢圓形開口12110及第二長橢圓形開口12114之間的此種關係可相對於最小重疊而言被認為是 第一長橢圓形開口與第二長橢圓形開口的最大重疊,如本文討論。易言之,無法藉由將第一長形段抑或第二長形段重新定位來進一步增加最大重疊的面積數值。 In the second predetermined state, FIG. 12 shows that the first oblong opening 12110 completely overlaps the second oblong opening 12114. Although FIG. 12 shows a complete overlap of the first oblong opening 12110 and the second oblong opening 12114, the overlap may be intended to be substantially complete, such as due to machine tolerances and the like. This relationship between the first oblong opening 12110 and the second oblong opening 12114 can be considered relative to the minimum overlap The maximum overlap of the first oblong opening and the second oblong opening is as discussed herein. In other words, it is not possible to further increase the maximum overlap area value by repositioning the first elongated segment or the second elongated segment.

本揭示的對抵接頭可使用在貨櫃中。貨櫃(亦稱為容器、運送容器、集裝容器(intermodal container)及/或ISO容器、及其他名稱)可藉由鐵路、空運、道路及/或水運被運送。貨櫃時常以空箱運送。因為貨櫃不論是否含有物品皆佔用相同容積,運送空貨櫃的成本(就財務及環境來說)會等同於運送滿載貨櫃的成本。譬如,將需要相同數量的卡車(譬如五部)來運送相同數量的空貨櫃(譬如五件)。此外,貨櫃時常空坐在儲存設施及/或運送中樞。不論貨櫃位居何地(轉運中或儲存中),一空貨櫃所佔用的容積皆未利用其完全潛能。 The abutment joint of the present disclosure can be used in a container. Containers (also known as containers, shipping containers, intermodal containers and/or ISO containers, and other names) may be shipped by rail, air, road, and/or water. Containers are often shipped in empty containers. Since containers occupy the same volume whether or not they contain items, the cost of transporting empty containers (in terms of finance and the environment) would be equivalent to the cost of shipping full containers. For example, the same number of trucks (such as five) will be required to ship the same number of empty containers (for example, five). In addition, containers are often sitting in storage facilities and/or transport hubs. Regardless of where the container is located (transported or in storage), the volume occupied by an empty container does not utilize its full potential.

這些議題的一解決方案將在於一可逆式可折合貨櫃。藉由具有一可逆式可折合貨櫃將容許折合一“空”貨櫃以達成比其完全擴張狀態更小的一容積。可隨後利用藉由至少部份地折合可逆式可折合貨櫃所獲得的額外容積來容納其他至少經部份折合的可逆式可折合貨櫃、提供額外容積以供未折合(譬如普通)貨櫃及/或處於其完全擴張狀態的可逆式可折合貨櫃。所以,一數量(譬如五個)譬如空的可逆式可折合貨櫃係可以使一卡車可運送該數量空的可逆式可折合貨櫃之方式被折合及嵌套。結果,預期具有顯著的環境及成本節省。 A solution to these issues will be in a reversible, foldable container. By having a reversibly foldable container it will allow for the folding of an "empty" container to achieve a smaller volume than its fully expanded state. The additional volume obtained by at least partially folding the reversibly foldable container can then be utilized to accommodate other at least partially folded reversibly foldable containers, providing additional volume for unfolded (eg, ordinary) containers and/or Reversible foldable container in its fully expanded state. Therefore, a quantity (e.g., five) of empty reversible foldable container systems can be folded and nested in such a manner that a truck can transport the quantity of empty reversible foldable containers. As a result, significant environmental and cost savings are expected.

本揭示的實施例提供一包括複數個本文討論的 接合構件之可逆式可折合貨櫃。對於一或多個實施例,可逆式可折合貨櫃係符合國際標準化組織(ISO)標準。譬如,可逆式可折合貨櫃如本文所揭露係符合ISO標準688及ISO標準1496(及ISO標準1496的修正),其各合併於本文以供參考。如本文討論,貨櫃的商業標準係由ISO設立。ISO對於幾乎每種形態的貨櫃皆設立商業標準。如是的商業標準係包括但不限於貨櫃的設計、維度、維度公差、貨運運送、額定、重量(質量)、重心、負荷能量、吊掛測試、符號、標記、位置、堆積測試、耐候性、及機械測試,及其他。 Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a plurality of articles discussed herein Reversible foldable container for the joint member. For one or more embodiments, the reversible foldable container is in compliance with International Standards Organization (ISO) standards. For example, reversible foldable containers as disclosed herein are in compliance with ISO Standard 688 and ISO Standard 1496 (and Amendments to ISO Standard 1496), each of which is incorporated herein by reference. As discussed herein, the commercial standards for containers are established by ISO. ISO sets a commercial standard for containers of almost every form. Such commercial standards include, but are not limited to, container design, dimensions, dimensional tolerances, freight shipping, ratings, weight (mass), center of gravity, load energy, hanging tests, symbols, markings, locations, stacking tests, weatherability, and Mechanical testing, and others.

可逆式可折合貨櫃如本文討論係包括複數個接合構件,如本文揭露。本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃可從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態而不使可逆式可折合貨櫃擴張超過未折合狀態的一預定最大寬度。可逆式可折合貨櫃性可從折合狀態轉折回到未折合狀態,且因此是可逆式可折合。如本文所使用,可逆式可折合貨櫃的“折合狀態”係為一種不包括未折合狀態之狀態,如本文討論。折合狀態可包括但不限於可逆式可折合貨櫃的第二預定狀態。 Reversible foldable containers, as discussed herein, include a plurality of joint members, as disclosed herein. The reversibly foldable container of the present disclosure can be turned from an unfolded state to a folded state without expanding the reversibly foldable container beyond a predetermined maximum width of the unfolded state. The reversible foldable container can be turned from the folded state back to the unfolded state and is therefore reversibly foldable. As used herein, the "folded state" of a reversibly foldable container is a state that does not include an unfolded state, as discussed herein. The folded state may include, but is not limited to, a second predetermined state of the reversibly foldable container.

如同討論,接合構件係可使用於一可逆式可折合貨櫃,如本文所討論。然而,接合構件如本文所揭露可使用於各種不同應用,包括從一未折合狀態轉折至一折合狀態而不擴張超過折合狀態中接合構件之經界定最大長度,而既不弓起或損害接合構件,容器的一可樞轉連接(譬如一鉸鍊)或一結構(如本文討論)。 As discussed, the engagement members can be used in a reversibly foldable container, as discussed herein. However, the engagement members as disclosed herein can be used in a variety of different applications, including transitioning from an unfolded state to a folded state without expanding beyond the defined maximum length of the engagement members in the collapsed state, without arching or damaging the engagement members. a pivotable connection (such as a hinge) or a structure (as discussed herein).

第13圖顯示根據本揭示的一或多個實施例之一 可逆式可折合貨櫃13500的分解圖。可逆式可折合貨櫃13500係包括一地板結構13502、一與地板結構13502相對之屋頂結構13504、一第一側壁結構13506-1及一第二側壁結構13506-2,其中第一側壁結構13506-1及第二側壁結構13506-2皆接合地板結構13502及屋頂結構13504。側壁結構13506-1及13506-2各者具有一外部表面13504。側壁結構13506-1及13506-2各者具有一外部表面13507及一內部表面13511,其中側壁結構13506-1及13506-2的內部表面13511、地板結構13502及屋頂結構13504係至少部份地界定可逆式可折合貨櫃13500的一容積13512。 Figure 13 shows one of one or more embodiments in accordance with the present disclosure An exploded view of the reversible foldable container 13500. The reversibly foldable container 13500 includes a floor structure 13502, a roof structure 13504 opposite the floor structure 13502, a first side wall structure 13506-1 and a second side wall structure 13506-2, wherein the first side wall structure 13506-1 And the second sidewall structure 13506-2 is joined to the floor structure 13502 and the roof structure 13504. Each of the sidewall structures 13506-1 and 13506-2 has an outer surface 13504. Each of the sidewall structures 13506-1 and 13506-2 has an outer surface 13507 and an inner surface 13511, wherein the inner surface 13511, the floor structure 13502, and the roof structure 13504 of the sidewall structures 13506-1 and 13506-2 are at least partially defined The reversible foldable container 13500 has a volume of 13512.

第一側壁結構13506-1係包括一第一側壁面板13514-1,第一側壁面板13514-1接合至一第一上側軌13516-1及一第一底側軌13518-1。第二側壁結構13506-2係包括一第二側壁面板13514-2,第二側壁面板13514-2接合至一第二上側軌13516-2及一第二底側軌13518-2。地板結構13502包括地板件13520,地板件13520附接至根據本揭示的接合構件13510,其中已移除地板件13520的一部分以顯示接合構件1374。一鉸鍊13513的一或多者係將複數個接合構件1374各者之第一構件端接合至第一底側軌13518-1且將複數個接合構件1374各者的第二構件端接合至第二底側軌13518-2。底側軌13518可進一步包括堆高囊袋13524。 The first sidewall structure 13506-1 includes a first sidewall panel 13514-1, and the first sidewall panel 13514-1 is coupled to a first upper rail 13516-1 and a first bottom rail 13518-1. The second sidewall structure 13506-2 includes a second sidewall panel 13514-2 joined to a second upper rail 13516-2 and a second bottom rail 13518-2. Floor structure 13502 includes a floor member 13520 that is attached to engagement member 13510 in accordance with the present disclosure, wherein a portion of floor member 13520 has been removed to display engagement member 1374. One or more of a hinge 13513 joins a first member end of each of the plurality of engagement members 1374 to a first bottom side rail 13518-1 and a second member end of each of the plurality of engagement members 1374 to a second Bottom side rail 13518-2. The bottom side rail 13518 can further include a stack of pockets 13524.

可逆式可折合貨櫃13500進一步包括一後壁13526及一前壁13528。後壁13526及前壁13528各者係包括一端構架13530,端構架13530接合於屋頂結構13504、地板 結構13502及側壁結構13506-1及13506-2。端構架13530包括角柱13532、角配件13534、一頭座13536及一檻台13538。用於後壁13526之端構架13530在本文稱為後壁端構架13531,而用於前壁13528之端構架13530在本文稱為前壁端構架13533。用於後壁13526之角柱13532在本文稱為後壁角柱13532-1及13532-2,用於前壁13528者在本文稱為前壁角柱13532-3及13532-4。 The reversibly foldable container 13500 further includes a rear wall 13526 and a front wall 13528. Each of the rear wall 13526 and the front wall 13528 includes an end frame 13530, and the end frame 13530 is joined to the roof structure 13504, the floor. Structure 13502 and sidewall structures 13506-1 and 13506-2. The end frame 13530 includes a corner post 13532, a corner fitting 13534, a header 13536, and a header 13538. The end frame 13530 for the back wall 13526 is referred to herein as the rear wall end frame 13531, and the end frame 13530 for the front wall 13528 is referred to herein as the front wall end frame 13533. Corner posts 13532 for the back wall 13526 are referred to herein as back wall corner posts 13532-1 and 13532-2, and for the front wall 13528 are referred to herein as front wall corner posts 13532-3 and 13532-4.

後壁13526包括一門總成13540。門總成13540可包括一門13542,門13542以鉸鍊13544被附接至後壁13526的後壁端構架13531,如本文將作更完整討論。本文提供的門總成13540及鉸鍊13544亦在整體合併於本文以供參考之名稱為“用於貨櫃之門總成”(案號128.0030001)的共同審查中的申請案中作討論。 The rear wall 13526 includes a door assembly 13540. The door assembly 13540 can include a door 13542 that is attached to the rear wall end frame 13531 of the rear wall 13526 with a hinge 13544, as will be discussed more fully herein. The door assembly 13540 and hinges 13544 provided herein are also discussed in the co-pending application entitled "Door Assembly for Containers" (Case No. 128.0030001), which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

後壁端構架13531係包括頭座13536,其亦稱為用於門總成13540的一後壁頭座構件13546,及檻台13538,其亦稱為用於門總成13540的一後壁檻台構件13548。後壁角柱13532-1及13532-2係延伸於後壁檻台構件13548及後壁頭座構件13546之間並將其耦合。 The rear wall end frame 13531 includes a headstock 13536, also referred to as a rear wall header member 13546 for the door assembly 13540, and a sill 13538, which is also referred to as a rear wall for the door assembly 13540. Stage member 13548. Rear wall corner posts 13532-1 and 13532-2 extend between and couple the rear wall sill members 13548 and the rear wall header members 13546.

第13圖提供包括門13542的兩者之門總成13540的一實施例,其中各門13542的一者係由鉸鍊13544附接至後壁角柱13532-1及13532-2各者的一者。各門13542具有容許門13542配合在由後壁端構件13531所界定的一區域13554內之一高度13550及一寬度13552。門13542可進一步包括一位於門13542的一周邊周圍之墊片13556以幫助在後 壁13526外部部分上提供防水。 Figure 13 provides an embodiment of a door assembly 13540 that includes both doors 13542, wherein one of the doors 13542 is attached by hinges 13544 to one of the rear wall corner posts 13532-1 and 13532-2. Each door 13542 has a height 13550 and a width 13552 that allow the door 13542 to fit within a region 13554 defined by the rear wall end member 13531. The door 13542 can further include a spacer 13556 around a perimeter of the door 13542 to aid in the rear Water resistance is provided on the outer portion of the wall 13526.

門13542進一步包括一具有一凸輪13560及一握柄13562之鎖固桿13558。鎖固桿13558可以一支承框架總成13564安裝至門13542,其中鎖固桿13558係轉動於支承框架總成13564內並被支承框架總成13564引導以接合及脫離凸輪13560及一凸輪保持器13566。凸輪保持器13566安裝在後壁端構架13531上。在一實施例中,凸輪保持器13566安裝在後壁13526的後壁端構架13531之後壁檻台構件13548及後壁頭座構件13546上。 The door 13542 further includes a locking bar 13558 having a cam 13560 and a handle 13562. The locking bar 13558 can be mounted to the door 13542 by a support frame assembly 13564, wherein the locking bar 13558 is rotated within the support frame assembly 13564 and guided by the support frame assembly 13564 to engage and disengage the cam 13560 and a cam retainer 13566. . The cam holder 13566 is mounted on the rear wall end frame 13531. In one embodiment, the cam retainer 13566 is mounted to the rear abutment member 13553 and the rear wall header member 13546 of the rear wall end frame 13531 of the rear wall 13526.

安裝至門13542的鎖固桿13558係可移動於一如上文討論使凸輪13560對準且可接合凸輪保持器13566之第一預定位置、及一第二預定位置之間。在第二預定位置中,凸輪13560係脫離於凸輪保持器13566並具有相對於後壁端構架13531之一位置,其容許凸輪13560及門13542移行通過區域13554、經過後壁13526的後壁端構架13531及凸輪保持器13566、且進入可逆式可折合貨櫃13500的容積13512內。易言之,在第二預定位置中,已經移除鎖固桿13558的部分,如本文描述,藉以將凸輪13560直接定位為與門13542的表面相鄰使得門13542可被開啟至可逆式可折合貨櫃13500的容積13512內。如本文討論,利用本揭示的鉸鍊13544,除了使鎖固桿13558位於第二預定位置中外,係達成將門13542開啟至可逆式可折合貨櫃13500的容積13512內,如本文將作更完整討論。 The locking bar 13558 mounted to the door 13542 is movable between a first predetermined position in which the cam 13560 is aligned and engageable with the cam holder 13566 as discussed above, and a second predetermined position. In the second predetermined position, the cam 13560 is disengaged from the cam holder 13566 and has a position relative to the rear wall end frame 13531 that allows the cam 13560 and the door 13542 to travel through the region 13554 through the rear wall end frame of the rear wall 13526. 13531 and cam holder 13566, and into the volume 13512 of the reversibly foldable container 13500. In other words, in the second predetermined position, the portion of the locking bar 13558 has been removed, as described herein, whereby the cam 13560 is positioned directly adjacent the surface of the door 13542 such that the door 13542 can be opened to a reversible foldable The volume of the container 13500 is within 13512. As discussed herein, with the hinge 13544 of the present disclosure, in addition to having the locking bar 13558 in the second predetermined position, opening the door 13542 to the volume 13512 of the reversibly foldable container 13500 is achieved, as will be more fully discussed herein.

第13圖顯示第一預定位置,其中凸輪13560及凸 輪保持器13566相對於彼此被定位使得凸輪13560可接合及脫離位於後壁端構架13531上之凸輪保持器13566。 Figure 13 shows the first predetermined position, wherein the cam 13560 and the convex The wheel retainers 13566 are positioned relative to one another such that the cams 13560 can engage and disengage the cam retainers 13566 located on the rear wall end frame 13531.

第14圖顯示相對於凸輪保持器14566的第二預定位置的至少一實施例中之凸輪14560。如第14圖所示,凸輪14560已相對於第一預定位置被定位,故凸輪14560不再對準藉以接合及/或脫離凸輪保持器14566。凸輪14560亦相對於後壁端構架14530被定位,故隨著門14542移行至可逆式可折合貨櫃14500的容積14512內,凸輪14560可穿過由後壁端構架14530所界定之區域14554,其中容積14512可至少部份地被地板結構14502、屋頂結構14504、側壁結構14506-1及14506-2及後壁14528(顯示成切開以幫助更清楚顯示門14542在可逆式可折合貨櫃14500所界定的容積14512中之位置)所界定。 Figure 14 shows the cam 14560 in at least one embodiment relative to the second predetermined position of the cam holder 14566. As shown in Fig. 14, the cam 14560 has been positioned relative to the first predetermined position so that the cam 14560 is no longer aligned to engage and/or disengage the cam retainer 14566. The cam 14560 is also positioned relative to the rear wall end frame 14530, so that as the door 14542 moves into the volume 14512 of the reversibly foldable container 14500, the cam 14560 can pass through a region 14554 defined by the rear wall end frame 14530, wherein the volume The 14512 can be at least partially covered by the floor structure 14502, the roof structure 14504, the side wall structures 14506-1 and 14506-2, and the rear wall 14528 (shown as cut to help more clearly show the volume defined by the door 14542 in the reversibly foldable container 14500) Defined in position 14512).

可以數種不同方式達成將凸輪14560移動於第一預定位置與第二預定位置之間。譬如,鎖固桿14558可具有二或更多個可沿著鎖固桿14558的一縱向軸線14568伸縮之部分。鎖固桿14558可包括一第一部分14570及一以一連接軸14574接合至第一部分14570之第二部分14572。第一部分14570及第二部分14572可相對於連接軸14574伸縮以改變鎖固桿14558的一長度14576。譬如,第一部分14570及第二部分14572可沿著連接軸14574移行於第一預定位置與第二預定位置之間。 Movement of the cam 14560 between the first predetermined position and the second predetermined position can be accomplished in a number of different manners. For example, the locking bar 14558 can have two or more portions that can be telescoped along a longitudinal axis 14568 of the locking bar 14558. The locking bar 14558 can include a first portion 14570 and a second portion 14572 joined to the first portion 14570 by a connecting shaft 14574. The first portion 14570 and the second portion 14572 can be telescoped relative to the connecting shaft 14574 to change a length 14576 of the locking bar 14558. For example, the first portion 14570 and the second portion 14572 can travel along the connecting shaft 14574 between the first predetermined position and the second predetermined position.

如圖所示,連接軸14574可以支承框架總成14564及一抗破壞環14578的一組合在門14542上被固持就位。抗 破壞環14578可在支承框架總成14564的任一端上被接合至連接軸14574,故由於出現有抗破壞環14578,軸14574可藉由相對於地板結構14502及/或屋頂結構14504轉動握柄14584而在支承框架總成14564中旋轉,但將不垂直穿過支承框架總成14564(譬如,連接軸14574將不相對於支承框架總成14564往上及/或往下移動)。 As shown, the coupling shaft 14574 can hold a combination of the frame assembly 14564 and a crush resistant ring 14478 held in place on the door 14542. anti- The break ring 14078 can be joined to the connecting shaft 14574 at either end of the support frame assembly 14564, so the shaft 14574 can be rotated by the handle 14584 relative to the floor structure 14502 and/or the roof structure 14504 due to the presence of the damage resistant ring 14478. While rotating in the support frame assembly 14564, but will not pass vertically through the support frame assembly 14564 (e.g., the connecting shaft 14574 will not move up and/or down relative to the support frame assembly 14564).

現在參照第15A及15B圖顯示門總成15540,其中鎖固桿15558位於第一預定位置(譬如,凸輪15560係對準且可接合凸輪保持器15566,如第15A圖所示)及第二預定位置(譬如,凸輪15560脫離於凸輪保持器15566並相對於後壁端構架15530具有一容許凸輪15560及門15542移行至可逆式可折合貨櫃155的容積內之位置(如第16圖所示)。如圖所示,門總成15540係包括門15542、鉸鍊15544、後壁頭座構件15546、後壁檻台構件15548、鎖固桿15558、凸輪15560、握柄15562、支承框架總成15564及凸輪保持器15566,如本文討論。第15A及15B圖所示的實施例亦包括第一部分15570及第二部分15572的各者,其中部分15570及15572各者係包括一用於接收連接軸15574的至少一部分之插座15586。隨著鎖固桿15558伸縮以在第15A圖所示第一預定位置與第15B圖所示第二預定位置之間改變鎖固桿15558的長度,第一部分15570及第二部分15572各者係可相對於連接軸15574沿著插座15586移行且經過插座15586。 Referring now to Figures 15A and 15B, the door assembly 15540 is shown with the locking bar 15558 in a first predetermined position (e.g., the cam 15560 is aligned and engages the cam retainer 15566 as shown in Figure 15A) and the second predetermined Position (e.g., cam 15560 is disengaged from cam retainer 15566 and has a position relative to rear wall end frame 15530 that allows cam 15560 and door 15542 to travel within the volume of reversibly foldable container 155 (as shown in Figure 16). As shown, the door assembly 15540 includes a door 15542, a hinge 15544, a rear wall header member 15546, a rear wall sill member 15548, a locking bar 15558, a cam 15560, a handle 15562, a support frame assembly 15564, and a cam. Retainer 15566, as discussed herein. The embodiment shown in Figures 15A and 15B also includes each of first portion 15570 and second portion 15572, wherein portions 15570 and 15572 each include a minimum for receiving connecting shaft 15574. a portion of the socket 15586. As the locking bar 15558 expands and contracts to change the length of the locking bar 15558 between the first predetermined position shown in FIG. 15A and the second predetermined position shown in FIG. 15B, the first portion 15570 and the second portion 15572 each System with respect to the receptacle connector along a shaft 15574 and 15586 migrate through outlet 15586.

插座15586及連接軸15574可具有一不容許連接軸15574、第一部分15570及/或第二部分15572相對於彼此 作任何顯著程度旋轉之橫剖面形狀。如是橫剖面形狀可包括但不限於非圓形橫剖面形狀諸如卵形、橢圓形、或多角形諸如三角形、正方形、矩形、或更多角形諸如五角形、六角形等。連接軸15574可進一步包括一支承框架總成,如本文討論,其中為了在其相對於第一及第二部分15570及15572的位置中旋轉且提供支撐予連接軸15574。可能使插座15586亦可包括一位於連接軸15574及第一及第二部分15570及15572各者之間的襯套。襯套可由一諸如聚四氟乙烯等聚合物製成。 The socket 15586 and the connecting shaft 15574 can have an unallowable connecting shaft 15574, the first portion 15570 and/or the second portion 15572 relative to each other Make a cross-sectional shape of any significant degree of rotation. The cross-sectional shape may include, but is not limited to, a non-circular cross-sectional shape such as an oval, an ellipse, or a polygon such as a triangle, a square, a rectangle, or a more angular shape such as a pentagon, a hexagon, or the like. The coupling shaft 15574 can further include a support frame assembly, as discussed herein, for providing rotation and providing support to the coupling shaft 15574 in its position relative to the first and second portions 15570 and 15572. It is possible that the socket 15586 can also include a bushing between the connecting shaft 15574 and each of the first and second portions 15570 and 15572. The liner can be made of a polymer such as polytetrafluoroethylene.

第一部分15570及第二部分15572可藉由支承框架總成15564及抗破壞環15578的一組合被安裝至門15542。譬如,第一部分15570及第二部分15572各者係可具有被接合至各部分15570及15572之支承框架總成15564及抗破壞環15578,其容許藉由轉動握柄15562使部分15570及15572旋轉於支承框架總成15564中。第二部分15572可包括握柄15562。門15542進一步包括一扣件板15588及一扣件擋器15590以接收及可釋放地固持握柄15562抵住門15542。 The first portion 15570 and the second portion 15572 can be mounted to the door 15542 by a combination of the support frame assembly 15564 and the anti-destructive ring 15558. For example, the first portion 15570 and the second portion 15572 can each have a support frame assembly 15564 joined to each of the portions 15570 and 15572 and an anti-destructive ring 15558 that allows the portions 15570 and 15572 to be rotated by rotating the handle 15562. The support frame assembly is 15564. The second portion 15572 can include a grip 15562. The door 15542 further includes a fastener plate 15588 and a fastener stop 15590 to receive and releasably retain the handle 15562 against the door 15542.

如圖所示,鎖固桿15558的第一部分15570及第二部分15572各者上之抗破壞環15578係被定位在用於連接軸15574的支承框架總成15564及用於各別部分15570及15572的支承框架總成15564之間。此組態係容許第一部分15570及/或第二部分15572各者相對於地板結構及屋頂結構伸縮於第一預定位置(第15A圖)與第二預定位置(第15B圖)之間,如本文討論。抗破壞環15578亦可作為用以限制鎖固桿 15558的第一及第二部分15570及15572的移行程度之停止器。 As shown, the first portion 15570 of the locking bar 15558 and the anti-destructive ring 15558 on each of the second portions 15572 are positioned in the support frame assembly 15564 for connecting the shaft 15574 and for the respective portions 15570 and 15572. The support frame assembly is between 15564. This configuration allows each of the first portion 15570 and/or the second portion 15572 to be stretched relative to the floor structure and the roof structure between a first predetermined position (Fig. 15A) and a second predetermined position (Fig. 15B), as herein discuss. Anti-destructive ring 15558 can also be used to limit the locking rod The stop of the first and second portions 15570 and 15572 of 15558.

鎖固桿15558亦包括一調整構件15580,調整構件15580係可以可釋放地接合鎖固桿15558的第一部分15570及第二部分15572。調整構件15580包括一第一端15582及一第二端15583,其中表面係界定一與第一端15582相鄰之第一開口15587以及一位於第一開口15587與調整構件15580第二端15583之間的第二開口15589。調整構件15580可被不可釋放但可樞轉地附接至位於或鄰近於第一端15582之第一部分15570。第一及第二開口15587及15589可隨後用來在第一預定位置(請見第15A圖)及/或第二預定位置(請見第15B圖)的任一者中可釋放地耦合鎖固桿15558的第一及第二部分15570及15572。 The locking bar 15558 also includes an adjustment member 15580 that releasably engages the first portion 15570 and the second portion 15572 of the locking bar 15558. The adjustment member 15580 includes a first end 15582 and a second end 15583, wherein the surface defines a first opening 15587 adjacent to the first end 15582 and a first opening 15587 and the second end 15583 of the adjustment member 15580 The second opening 15589. The adjustment member 15580 can be non-releasable but pivotally attached to the first portion 15570 at or adjacent to the first end 15582. The first and second openings 15587 and 15589 can then be used to releasably couple the lock in either the first predetermined position (see Figure 15A) and/or the second predetermined position (see Figure 15B). The first and second portions 15570 and 15572 of the rod 15558.

調整構件15580可為一鍛造金屬棒,其藉由一轂安裝框架15592被不可釋放但可樞轉地附接至第一部分15570。可使用一鉚釘將調整構件15580耦合至轂安裝框架15592。第二部分15572亦可包括一安裝框架15594,安裝框架15594可接收並可釋放地耦合調整構件15580。在一實施例中,安裝框架15594可包括一銷或軸,調整構件15580上之第一開口15587或第二開口15589的任一者可被定位於其上方。安裝框架15594上的銷或軸係可具有一用以界定經過銷或軸的一開口之表面。經過銷或軸的開口可設置成當第一開口15587或第二開口15589的任一者位於銷或軸上方時,開口係可以可釋放地接收一R銷或R夾扣。一旦就位, R銷或R夾扣可固持調整構件15580藉以使鎖固桿15558保持剛性(譬如沿著鎖固桿358的縱向軸線呈剛性)。鎖固桿15558在其第一預定位置中可進行一抗破壞功能,如該技藝已知。如同瞭解,除R銷或R夾扣外亦可採用其他結構將調整構件15580可釋放地固接於第一部分15570與第二部分15572之間。 The adjustment member 15580 can be a forged metal bar that is non-releasable but pivotally attached to the first portion 15570 by a hub mounting frame 15592. The adjustment member 15580 can be coupled to the hub mounting frame 15592 using a rivet. The second portion 15572 can also include a mounting frame 15594 that can receive and releasably couple the adjustment member 15580. In an embodiment, the mounting frame 15594 can include a pin or shaft on which any of the first opening 15587 or the second opening 15589 on the adjustment member 15580 can be positioned. The pin or shafting on the mounting frame 15594 can have a surface defining an opening through the pin or shaft. The opening through the pin or shaft can be configured such that when either of the first opening 15587 or the second opening 15589 is above the pin or shaft, the opening can releasably receive an R pin or R clip. Once in place, The R-pin or R-clip can hold the adjustment member 15580 to maintain the locking bar 15558 rigid (e.g., rigid along the longitudinal axis of the locking bar 358). The locking bar 15558 can perform a tamper resistant function in its first predetermined position, as is known in the art. As is appreciated, the adjustment member 15580 can be releasably secured between the first portion 15570 and the second portion 15572 in addition to the R-pin or the R-clip.

亦可利用調整構件15580使鎖固桿15558的第一部分15570伸縮(譬如移動)於第一預定位置與第二預定位置之間。類似地,可利用握柄15562使鎖固桿15558的第二部分15572伸縮(譬如移動)於第一預定位置與第二預定位置之間。 The first portion 15570 of the locking bar 15558 can also be telescoped (e.g., moved) between the first predetermined position and the second predetermined position by the adjustment member 15580. Similarly, the second portion 15572 of the locking bar 15558 can be telescoped (e.g., moved) between the first predetermined position and the second predetermined position using the handle 15562.

現在參照第16圖,顯示本揭示的門總成16540之一實施例。如圖所示,只顯示一個門16542以更清楚顯示下列實施例。門總成16540包括如本文對於第13至15B圖討論的組件。對於不同實施例,第16圖所示的門16542進一步包括一位於門16542與地板結構16502之間的輪16596。對於不同實施例,不只一個輪16596可配合使用門16542(譬如,兩個輪16596、三個輪16596等可配合使用門16542)。 Referring now to Figure 16, an embodiment of the door assembly 16540 of the present disclosure is shown. As shown, only one door 16542 is shown to more clearly show the following embodiments. Door assembly 16540 includes the components as discussed herein for Figures 13-15B. For various embodiments, the door 16542 shown in FIG. 16 further includes a wheel 16596 between the door 16542 and the floor structure 16502. For different embodiments, more than one wheel 16596 can be used with the door 16542 (eg, two wheels 16596, three wheels 16596, etc. can be used with the door 16542).

輪16596可隨著門16542移行至可逆式可折合貨櫃16500的容積16512內而幫助支撐門16542的重量並予以導引。輪16596包括一輪軸16598,輪16596旋轉於輪軸16598上。對於不同實施例,輪軸16598可被固定至輪16596,其中輪軸16598係被門16542結構內所容置之一框架所支撐並在其上旋轉。替代性地,輪軸16598可被固定至門16542, 其中輪16596包括一用以容許輪16596繞輪軸16598旋轉之軸承或襯套。 The wheel 16596 can help support the weight of the door 16542 and guide as the door 16542 moves into the volume 16512 of the reversibly foldable container 16500. Wheel 16596 includes an axle 16598 that is rotated about axle 16598. For various embodiments, the axle 16598 can be secured to the wheel 16596, wherein the axle 16598 is supported by and rotates over one of the frames housed within the structure of the door 16542. Alternatively, the axle 16598 can be secured to the door 16542, The wheel 16596 includes a bearing or bushing for permitting rotation of the wheel 16596 about the axle 16598.

現在參照第17圖,顯示根據本揭示的不同實施例之鉸鍊17544的一實施例。如圖所示,鉸鍊17544包括一第一翼17601及一第二翼17603,其中第一翼17601及第二翼17603被一第一鉸鍊銷17605可樞轉地連接。第二翼17603包括一具有一第一端17609及一第二端17611之第一平面性部分17607以及一從第一平面性部分17607第一端17609正交地延伸之第二平面性部分17613。第一鉸鍊銷17605將第一翼17601可樞轉地連接至第一平面性部分17607的第二端17611。如圖所示,第二翼17603之第一平面性部分17607的一部分係穿過第一翼17601中所界定的一開口藉以容許第二翼17603之第一平面性部分17607的第二端17611可樞轉地連接至第一鉸鍊銷17605及第一翼17601。 Referring now to Figure 17, an embodiment of a hinge 17544 in accordance with various embodiments of the present disclosure is shown. As shown, the hinge 17544 includes a first wing 17601 and a second wing 17603, wherein the first wing 17601 and the second wing 17603 are pivotally coupled by a first hinge pin 17605. The second wing 17603 includes a first planar portion 17607 having a first end 17609 and a second end 17611 and a second planar portion 17613 extending orthogonally from the first end 17609 of the first planar portion 17607. The first hinge pin 17605 pivotally connects the first wing 17601 to the second end 17611 of the first planar portion 17607. As shown, a portion of the first planar portion 17607 of the second wing 17603 passes through an opening defined in the first wing 17601 to permit the second end 17611 of the first planar portion 17607 of the second wing 17603 to be The first hinge pin 17605 and the first wing 17601 are pivotally connected.

鉸鍊17544亦包括從第二翼17603的第二平面性部分17613延伸之一對鉸鍊突耳17615。鉸鍊突耳17615的各者係具有用以界定開口17619之一第一組的表面17617,一第二鉸鍊銷17621穿過開口17619。對於不同實施例,該對鉸鍊突耳17615的至少一者係具有一用以界定一開口17625之表面17623,一鎖固銷17627移行經過開口17625。鎖固銷17627可以可逆地移行經過開口17625,其中在使鎖固銷17627完全位於開口17625外之第一位置中,第二翼17603係相對於第一翼17601被解鎖,且當鎖固銷17627至少部份地或完全地被定位經過開口17625時,第二翼17603相對於第 一翼17601被鎖固。 The hinge 17544 also includes a pair of hinge lugs 17615 extending from the second planar portion 17613 of the second wing 17603. Each of the hinge lugs 17615 has a surface 17617 that defines a first set of openings 17619 through which a second hinge pin 17621 passes. For various embodiments, at least one of the pair of hinge lugs 17615 has a surface 17623 defining an opening 17625 through which a locking pin 17627 travels. The locking pin 17627 can reversibly move past the opening 17625, wherein in the first position in which the locking pin 17627 is completely outside the opening 17625, the second wing 17603 is unlocked relative to the first wing 17601, and when the locking pin 17627 When at least partially or completely positioned through the opening 17625, the second wing 17603 is opposite to the first One wing 17601 is locked.

第二翼17603的第二平面性部分17613係包括一第一主要表面17629及一與第一主要表面17629相對之第二主要表面17631。該對鉸鍊突耳17615從第二平面性部分17613的第一主要表面17629延伸。第一翼17601具有一第一主要表面17633及一與第一主要表面17633相對之第二主要表面17635。在第一預定位置中,第一翼17601正交於第二翼17603的第一平面性部分17607,且第一翼17601的第一主要表面17633係直接地相對且平行於第二平面性部分17613的第二主要表面17631。如本文更完整地討論,可以第一翼17601附接至可逆式可折合貨櫃的一角柱而發生第一預定位置,且鉸鍊17544的第二翼17603被定位抵住(譬如相鄰於且至少部份接觸於)角柱。 The second planar portion 17613 of the second wing 17603 includes a first major surface 17629 and a second major surface 17631 opposite the first major surface 17629. The pair of hinge lugs 17615 extend from the first major surface 17629 of the second planar portion 17613. The first wing 17601 has a first major surface 17633 and a second major surface 17635 opposite the first major surface 17633. In the first predetermined position, the first wing 17601 is orthogonal to the first planar portion 17607 of the second wing 17603, and the first major surface 17633 of the first wing 17601 is directly opposite and parallel to the second planar portion 17613 The second major surface 17631. As discussed more fully herein, the first wing 17601 can be attached to a corner post of the reversibly foldable container to occur at a first predetermined position, and the second wing 17603 of the hinge 17544 can be positioned against (eg, adjacent and at least Parts are in contact with the corner column.

第一翼17601具有一第一端17637及一第二端17639,且其中第一鉸鍊銷17605將第一翼17601的第一端17637可樞轉地連接至第二翼17603之第一平面性部分17607的第二端17611。第二平面性部分17613具有對於第一平面性部分17607的第一端17609呈遠末之一端17643,且從第二平面性部分17613延伸的該對鉸鍊突耳17615具有一第一周邊邊緣17645,其中第二平面性部分17613的端17643及鉸鍊突耳17615的第一周邊邊緣17645位居一共同平面中。 The first wing 17601 has a first end 17637 and a second end 17639, and wherein the first hinge pin 17605 pivotally connects the first end 17637 of the first wing 17601 to the first planar portion of the second wing 17603 The second end 17611 of 17607. The second planar portion 17613 has a distal end 17643 for the first end 17609 of the first planar portion 17607, and the pair of hinge lugs 17615 extending from the second planar portion 17613 have a first peripheral edge 17645, The end 17643 of the second planar portion 17613 and the first peripheral edge 17645 of the hinge lug 17615 are in a common plane.

現在參照第18圖,顯示已被安裝在一可逆式可折合貨櫃18500的一後壁角柱18532上之根據本揭示的鉸鍊18544之俯視圖。第18圖只顯示可逆式可折合貨櫃18500的 一部分以容許更清楚觀看及瞭解鉸鍊18544的操作。可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱係從一“J”棒18547及一“U”通路18549形成,其中“J”棒18547及“U”通路18549熔接在一起以形成可逆式可折合貨櫃18500的角柱。一“U”通路18549亦稱為一“內柱”。角柱的此構造係適用於本文討論的前壁角柱及後壁角柱。 Referring now to Figure 18, there is shown a top plan view of a hinge 18544 in accordance with the present disclosure that has been mounted to a rear corner post 18532 of a reversibly foldable container 18500. Figure 18 shows only the reversible foldable container 18500 A portion to allow for a clearer view and understanding of the operation of the hinge 18544. The corner posts of the reversibly foldable container are formed from a "J" bar 18547 and a "U" passage 18549, wherein the "J" bar 18547 and the "U" passage 18549 are welded together to form a corner post of the reversibly foldable container 18500. A "U" path 18549 is also referred to as an "inner column." This configuration of the corner posts is applicable to the front and rear corner columns discussed herein.

如圖所示,第一翼18601係被緊固至U通路18549的一部分。第一翼18601可藉由一熔接(譬如電弧熔接)製程被緊固至U通路的部分。第二翼18603(隨著第二翼18603繞第一鉸鍊銷18605樞轉而顯示於第18圖的多重位置)係自由繞第一鉸鍊銷18605樞轉。第18圖所示之第二翼18603的移行路徑18651係進入可逆式可折合貨櫃18500的容積18512內(如可逆式可折合貨櫃18500的側壁結構18506之內部表面18510所部份地界定)。 As shown, the first wing 18601 is secured to a portion of the U-channel 18549. The first wing 18601 can be fastened to a portion of the U-passage by a fusion (eg, arc welding) process. The second wing 18603 (shown in multiple positions of FIG. 18 as the second wing 18603 pivots about the first hinge pin 18605) is free to pivot about the first hinge pin 18605. The travel path 18651 of the second wing 18603 shown in FIG. 18 enters the volume 18512 of the reversibly foldable container 18500 (as partially defined by the interior surface 18510 of the sidewall structure 18506 of the reversibly foldable container 18500).

現在參照第19圖,顯示如沿著第18圖的線7-7所觀看位於可逆式可折合貨櫃19500上的第一預定位置(如第17圖所示)中之鉸鍊19544。第19圖所示的實施例亦包括鎖固銷19627及鉸鍊銷19621,如同第17圖所示。如圖所示,第二翼19603包括從第二平面性部分19613延伸之鉸鍊突耳19615,且該等鉸鍊突耳19615包括用以界定開口19619之第一組的表面19617,第二鉸鍊銷19621穿過且座接於開口19619。如本文更完整討論,貨櫃的門係繞第二鉸鍊銷19621樞轉(譬如擺動)。鉸鍊突耳19615亦包括用以界定開口19625之表面19623,鎖固銷19627移行經過開口19625。第19圖亦 顯示鉸鍊19544具有被緊固至可逆式可折合貨櫃的後壁端構架19530之一對座接區塊19655(只顯示其一部分),以形成一用以接收且座接第二平面性部分19613及該對鉸鍊突耳19612至少一部分之插座19657。如圖所示,後壁端構架19530的U通路19549有助於形成插座19657的一部分。J棒19547的一部分被移除藉以生成一供第二翼19603可駐留其內之容積,並藉以容許鉸鍊19653樞轉使得門可擺動朝向側壁結構的外部表面(一種在本文作更完整顯示及討論之特徵構造)。該對座接區塊19655的至少一者具有一用以界定一開口19661之表面19659,鎖固銷19627移行經過開口19661以從可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱鎖固及解鎖第二翼19603。如本文討論,鎖固銷19627可逆地移行以從貨櫃的角柱鎖固及解鎖第二翼19603。門係以第二鉸鍊銷19621被接合至該對鉸鍊突耳19615,如本文討論,其中當鉸鍊突耳19615鎖固至可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱時,門相對於該對鉸鍊突耳19615在第二鉸鍊銷19621上樞轉。這容許門相鄰於側壁結構的外部表面而延伸。此外,當鉸鍊突耳19615解鎖於可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱時,門及第二翼19603可在第一鉸鍊銷上樞轉,以容許門移行至可逆式可折合貨櫃的容積內且與側壁結構的內部表面相鄰延伸。這些實施例將顯示及進一步討論於本文。 Referring now to Figure 19, a hinge 19544 is shown in a first predetermined position (as shown in Figure 17) on the reversibly foldable container 19500 as viewed along line 7-7 of Figure 18. The embodiment shown in Fig. 19 also includes a locking pin 19627 and a hinge pin 19621, as shown in Fig. 17. As shown, the second wing 19603 includes a hinge lug 19615 extending from the second planar portion 19613, and the hinge lugs 19615 include a first portion of the surface 19617 defining the opening 19619, the second hinge pin 19621 Pass through and be seated in the opening 19619. As discussed more fully herein, the door of the container pivots about the second hinge pin 19621 (eg, swings). The hinge lug 19615 also includes a surface 19623 that defines an opening 19625 through which the locking pin 19627 travels. Figure 19 also The display hinge 19544 has a pair of seating block 19655 (only a portion of which is shown) fastened to the rear wall end frame 19530 of the reversibly foldable container to form a receiving and seating second planar portion 19613 and A socket 19657 for at least a portion of the hinge lug 19612. As shown, the U-channel 19549 of the rear wall end frame 19530 facilitates forming a portion of the socket 19657. A portion of the J-bar 19547 is removed to create a volume for the second wing 19603 to reside therein, thereby allowing the hinge 19563 to pivot such that the door can swing toward the exterior surface of the sidewall structure (a more complete display and discussion herein) Characteristic structure). At least one of the pair of seating blocks 19655 has a surface 19659 for defining an opening 19621 through which the locking pin 19627 travels to lock and unlock the second wing 19603 from the corner post of the reversibly foldable container. As discussed herein, the locking pin 19627 reversibly moves to lock and unlock the second wing 19603 from the corner post of the container. The door is joined to the pair of hinge lugs 19615 by a second hinge pin 19621, as discussed herein, wherein when the hinge lug 19615 is locked to the corner post of the reversibly foldable container, the door is opposite the pair of hinge lugs 19615 The second hinge pin 19621 is pivoted. This allows the door to extend adjacent to the outer surface of the sidewall structure. In addition, when the hinge lug 19615 is unlocked in the corner post of the reversibly foldable container, the door and second wing 19603 can pivot on the first hinge pin to allow the door to move into the volume of the reversibly foldable container and to the side wall The inner surface of the structure extends adjacently. These embodiments will be shown and discussed further herein.

該對座接區塊19655可包括一下座接區塊19663及一上座接區塊19665。該對鉸鍊突耳19615包括一下鉸鍊突耳19667及一上鉸鍊突耳19665。下鉸鍊突耳19667可以可 釋放地座接或倚靠在下座接區塊19663上。上座接區塊19669可具有用以界定開口19661之表面19659,鎖固銷19627經由開口19661移行經過鉸鍊突耳19669的開口19623以從可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱鎖固及解鎖第二翼19603。下鉸鍊突耳19667亦可包括一用以界定一開口19697之表面196表面19695,鎖固銷19627移行經過開口19697。下座接區塊19663及上座接區塊19665的各者亦包括一用以界定一開口之表面,鎖固銷19627移行經過該開口以從可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱鎖固及解鎖第二翼19603(對於此實施例,鎖固銷19627將具足夠長度以移行經過鉸鍊突耳19669的開口19623及下鉸鍊突耳19667及下座接區塊19663中的開口19697以從可逆式可折合貨櫃的角柱鎖固及解鎖第二翼19603)。 The pair of seating blocks 19655 can include a lower seating block 19663 and an upper seating block 19665. The pair of hinge lugs 19615 includes a lower hinge lug 19667 and an upper hinge lug 19665. The lower hinge lug 19667 can be The release seat is seated or leaned against the lower seating block 19663. The upper seating block 19669 can have a surface 19659 to define an opening 19661 through which the locking pin 19627 can be moved through the opening 19623 of the hinge lug 19669 to lock and unlock the second wing 19603 from the corner post of the reversibly foldable container. The lower hinge lug 19667 can also include a surface 1969 surface 19695 that defines an opening 19697 through which the locking pin 19627 travels. Each of the lower seating block 19663 and the upper seating block 19665 also includes a surface defining an opening through which the locking pin 19627 moves to lock and unlock the second wing from the corner post of the reversibly foldable container. 19603 (For this embodiment, the locking pin 19627 will be of sufficient length to move through the opening 19623 of the hinge lug 19669 and the lower hinge lug 19667 and the opening 19697 in the lower seating block19663 to reversibly fold the container The corner post locks and unlocks the second wing 19603).

如第19圖所示,下座接區塊19663係可包括一供下鉸鍊突耳19667座接或倚靠其上之第一表面19671、一實質地正交於第一表面19671之第二表面19673、及一在下座接區塊19663的第一表面19671與第二表面19673間呈現斜坡之第三表面19675。隨著第二翼19603相對於第一翼繞第一鉸鍊銷樞轉,下鉸鍊突耳19667係沿著第三表面19675移行。上座接區塊19665包括一第一表面19677,一實質地正交於第一表面19677之第二表面19679、及一在第一表面19677與第二表面19679間呈現斜坡之第三表面19681,其中隨著第二翼19603相對於第一翼繞第一鉸鍊銷作樞轉,上鉸鍊突耳19669可沿著第三表面19681移行。 As shown in FIG. 19, the lower seating block 19663 can include a first surface 19671 that the lower hinge lug 19667 seats or rests on, and a second surface 19673 that is substantially orthogonal to the first surface 19671. And a third surface 19675 of the slope between the first surface 19671 and the second surface 19673 of the lower seating block 19663. As the second wing 19603 pivots about the first hinge pin relative to the first wing, the lower hinge lug 19667 travels along the third surface 19675. The upper seating block 19665 includes a first surface 19677, a second surface 19679 substantially orthogonal to the first surface 19677, and a third surface 19681 that presents a slope between the first surface 19677 and the second surface 19679, wherein As the second wing 19603 pivots about the first hinge pin relative to the first wing, the upper hinge lug 19669 can travel along the third surface 19681.

端構架亦可包括一鎖固銷移行停止器19685以限制鎖固銷19627的一移行距離。鎖固銷19627亦可包括一表面19693,表面19693係界定一可利用一工具造成鎖固銷移行其上或其內之結構。譬如,結構可身為一形成於鎖固銷19627中之凹口或凹部,其可容納一幫助移動鎖固銷19627的撬棒或其他撬起工具。鎖固銷19627可正交於第二鉸鍊銷19621的一旋轉軸線19691固接住鉸鍊19544。 The end frame can also include a locking pin travel stop 19685 to limit a travel distance of the locking pin 19627. The locking pin 19627 can also include a surface 19693 that defines a structure on which the locking pin can be moved or formed using a tool. For example, the structure can be a notch or recess formed in the locking pin 19627 that can accommodate a pry bar or other pick-up tool that assists in moving the locking pin 19627. The locking pin 19627 can be fixed to the hinge 19544 orthogonal to an axis of rotation 2691 of the second hinge pin 19621.

現在參照第20圖,顯示本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃20500之一實施例,其中門20524的一者位於可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的容積20512內,且門20524的另一者被定位為沿著側壁結構20506-1的外部表面20508。如圖所示,可逆式可折合貨櫃20500包括屋頂結構20504、與屋頂結構20504相對之地板結構20502、及地板結構20502與屋頂結構20504間之側壁結構20506-1及20506-2,如本文討論。側壁結構20506-1及20506-2的各者具有外部表面20508及內部表面20510,其中內部表面20510至少部份地界定可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的容積20512。 Referring now to Fig. 20, an embodiment of the reversibly foldable container 20500 of the present disclosure is shown wherein one of the doors 20524 is located within the volume 20512 of the reversibly foldable container 20500 and the other of the doors 20524 is positioned along The outer surface 20508 of the sidewall structure 20506-1. As shown, the reversibly foldable freight container 20500 includes a roof structure 20504, a floor structure 20502 opposite the roof structure 20504, and side wall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2 between the floor structure 20502 and the roof structure 20504, as discussed herein. Each of the sidewall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2 has an exterior surface 20508 and an interior surface 20510, wherein the interior surface 20510 at least partially defines a volume 20512 of the reversibly foldable container 20500.

可逆式可折合貨櫃20500係包括接合於屋頂結構20504、地板結構20502及側壁結構20506-1與20506-2之後壁端構架20530,其中後壁端構架20530具有後壁檻台構件20548、後門頭座構件20546及後壁檻台構件20548與後門頭座構件20546之間的後壁角柱20532-1及20532-2。門總成20540亦包括角柱20532-1及20532-2各者上之鉸鍊20544,其中鉸鍊係如本文討論。鉸鍊20544的第一翼係被緊固至角柱 20532-1及20532-2。第一鉸鍊銷將被緊固至角柱20532-1及20532-2之第一翼可樞轉地連接至第二翼20603的第一平面性部分之第二端,如本文討論。 The reversibly foldable freight container 20500 includes a wall end frame 20530 joined to the roof structure 20504, the floor structure 20502, and the side wall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2, wherein the rear wall end frame 20530 has a rear wall sill member 20548, a rear door header The rear wall corner posts 205320-1 and 20532-2 between the member 20546 and the rear wall sill member 20548 and the rear door header member 20546. The door assembly 20540 also includes a hinge 20544 on each of the corner posts 20532-1 and 20532-2, wherein the hinges are as discussed herein. The first wing of the hinge 20544 is fastened to the corner post 20532-1 and 20532-2. The first hinge pin is pivotally coupled to the second end of the first planar portion of the second wing 20603 that is fastened to the first end of the corner posts 20532-1 and 20532-2, as discussed herein.

鎖固銷20627可移行經過具有用以界定供鎖固銷移行經過之開口的表面之該對鉸鍊突耳的至少一者。可逆式可折合貨櫃20500進一步包括該對座接區塊20655,如本文討論,其被緊固至後壁端構架20530以形成用於接收及座接鉸鍊20544的鉸鍊突耳之插座20557。如本文討論,一旦鉸鍊20544座接在插座20557中之座接區塊20655上,鎖固銷20627可移行(譬如被往上及/或往下移動)以從可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的角柱20532-1及20532-2鎖固及解鎖鉸鍊20544的第二翼。 The locking pin 20627 can be moved through at least one of the pair of hinge lugs having a surface defining an opening through which the locking pin travels. The reversibly foldable freight container 20500 further includes the pair of seating blocks 20655, as discussed herein, fastened to the rear wall end frame 20530 to form a socket 20557 for receiving and seating the hinged lugs of the hinge 20544. As discussed herein, once the hinge 20544 is seated on the seating block 20655 in the receptacle 20557, the locking pin 20627 can be moved (eg, moved up and/or down) to exit the corner post 20532 of the reversibly foldable container 20500. -1 and 20532-2 lock and unlock the second wing of the hinge 20544.

可逆式可折合貨櫃20500進一步包括門20524的兩者,其以第二鉸鍊銷被接合至鉸鍊20544的該對鉸鍊突耳。當鉸鍊突耳被鎖固至可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的角柱20532-1及20532-2時,門20524各者係相對於該對鉸鍊突耳在第二鉸鍊銷上樞轉,以容許門20524與側壁結構20506-1及20506-2的外部表面20508相鄰延伸。當鉸鍊突耳解鎖於可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的角柱20532-1及20532-2時,門20524及鉸鍊20544的第二翼亦可在第一鉸鍊銷上樞轉,以容許門20524移行至可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的容積20512內並與側壁結構20506的內部表面20510相鄰延伸。這些實施例皆顯示於第17圖。 The reversibly foldable freight container 20500 further includes both of the doors 20524 that are joined to the pair of hinge lugs of the hinge 20544 with a second hinge pin. When the hinge lugs are locked to the corner posts 20532-1 and 20532-2 of the reversibly foldable container 20500, the doors 20524 are each pivoted relative to the pair of hinge lugs on the second hinge pin to permit the door 20524 Extending adjacent the outer surface 20508 of the sidewall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2. When the hinge lugs are unlocked at the corner posts 20532-1 and 20532-2 of the reversibly foldable container 20500, the second wings of the door 20524 and hinge 20544 can also pivot on the first hinge pin to allow the door 20524 to move to reversible The foldable container 20500 has a volume 20512 and extends adjacent the interior surface 20510 of the sidewall structure 20506. These embodiments are all shown in Figure 17.

可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的側壁結構20506-1及 20506-2進一步包括一閂鎖205100,其中閂鎖205100可用來與側壁結構20506-1及20506-2的內部表面20510相鄰地接合及可釋放地固持門20524。門20524亦顯示為具有如本文討論安裝至門20524之鎖固桿20558。如第20圖所示,顯示鎖固桿20558係位居被定位為沿著側壁結構20506的外部表面20508之門20524上的第一預定位置以及被定位於可逆式可折合貨櫃20500的容積20512內之門20524上的第二預定位置中。 Reversible foldable container 20500 sidewall structure 20506-1 and The 20506-2 further includes a latch 205100 that can be used to engage and releasably retain the door 20524 adjacent the interior surface 20510 of the sidewall structures 20506-1 and 20506-2. Door 20524 is also shown with a locking bar 20558 that is mounted to door 20524 as discussed herein. As shown in FIG. 20, the display locking bar 20558 is positioned to be positioned along a first predetermined position on the door 20524 of the exterior surface 20508 of the sidewall structure 20506 and within the volume 20512 of the reversibly foldable container 20500. In the second predetermined position on the door 20524.

現在參照第21A至21C圖,顯示本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃之前壁21528。第21A至21C圖所示的前壁21528的視圖係沿著第13圖所示的視線18-18所取。如圖所示,前壁21528接合於屋頂結構、地板結構及側壁結構,如第13及17圖所示。 Referring now to Figures 21A through 21C, the reversible foldable container front wall 21528 of the present disclosure is shown. The view of the front wall 21528 shown in Figures 21A-21C is taken along line of sight 18-18 shown in Figure 13. As shown, the front wall 21528 is joined to the roof structure, the floor structure, and the side wall structure as shown in Figures 13 and 17.

如圖所示,前壁21528係包括前壁端構架21533,其具有前壁角柱21532-3及21532-4,一位於前壁角柱21532-3上之前門鉸鍊21400,及一接合至前門鉸鍊21400之前門21402。前門21402可在前門鉸鍊21400上樞轉至可逆式可折合貨櫃的容積內且與側壁結構的內部表面相鄰延伸(如第13圖所見)。 As shown, the front wall 21528 includes a front wall end frame 21533 having front wall corner posts 21532-3 and 21532-4, a front door corner post 21532-3 on the front door hinge 21400, and a front door hinge 21400. Front door 21402. The front door 21402 can be pivoted over the front door hinge 21400 into the volume of the reversibly foldable container and extends adjacent the interior surface of the side wall structure (as seen in Figure 13).

前壁端構架21533亦包括前壁檻台構件21538及一前壁頭座構件21536,其中前壁檻台構件21538及前壁頭座構件21536延伸於前壁角柱21532-3及21532-4之間。前壁檻台構件21538係以一檻台鉸鍊21710被連接至前壁角柱21532的第一者,檻台鉸鍊21710容許前壁檻台構件21538的 至少一部分折合朝向前壁角柱21532的第二者。類似地,前壁頭座構件21536係以一頭座鉸鍊21712被連接至前壁角柱21532的第二者,頭座鉸鍊21712容許前壁頭座構件21536的至少一部分折合朝向前壁角柱21532的第一者。 The front wall end frame 21533 also includes a front wall sill member 21538 and a front wall header member 21536, wherein the front wall sill member 21538 and the front wall header member 21536 extend between the front wall corner posts 21532-3 and 21532-4 . The front wall sill member 21538 is coupled to the first of the front wall corner posts 21532 by a sill hinge 21710, the sill hinge 21710 permitting the anterior wall sill member 21538 At least a portion is folded toward the second of the front wall corner posts 21532. Similarly, the front wall header member 21536 is coupled to the second of the front wall corner posts 21532 by a head hinge 21712 that allows at least a portion of the front wall header member 21536 to be folded toward the first of the front wall corner posts 21532 By.

第21B及21C圖顯示前壁頭座構件21536及前壁檻台構件21538皆可折合的此種能力。一樞轉銷21714使用在頭座鉸鍊21712及檻台鉸鍊21710中以連接並容許前壁檻台構件21538相對於前壁角柱21532的第一者、且前壁頭座構件21536相對於前壁角柱21532的第二者旋轉。 Figures 21B and 21C show such an ability that both the front wall header member 21536 and the front wall platform member 21538 can be folded. A pivot pin 21714 is used in the headrest hinge 21712 and the sill hinge 21710 to connect and allow the first of the front wall sill members 21538 relative to the front wall corner post 21532, and the front wall header member 21536 relative to the front wall corner post The second person of 21532 rotates.

利用閂鎖21760-1的第一者將前壁檻台構件21538可釋放地連接至前壁角柱21532-3的第一者。類似地,利用閂鎖21760-2的第二者將前壁頭座構件21536可釋放地連接至前壁角柱21532的第二者。在一鎖固位置時,閂鎖21760有助於防止前壁檻台構件18236及前壁頭座構件21536相對於其各別前壁角柱21532-3及21532-4移動。在一未鎖固位置時,前壁頭座構件21536及前壁檻台構件21538可折合朝向其各別前壁角柱21532-3及21532-4(顯示於第21B及21C圖)。 The front wall member 21538 is releasably coupled to the first one of the front wall corner posts 21532-3 by a first one of the latches 21760-1. Similarly, the second member of the front wall corner post 21532 is releasably coupled to the second of the front wall corner posts 21532 by a second of the latches 21760-2. In a locked position, the latch 21760 helps prevent the front wall sill member 18236 and the front wall header member 21536 from moving relative to their respective front wall corner posts 21532-3 and 21532-4. In an unlocked position, the front wall head member 21536 and the front wall sill member 21538 can be folded toward their respective front wall corner posts 21532-3 and 21532-4 (shown in Figures 21B and 21C).

譬如,閂鎖21760-1及21760-2可以經由一螺栓或一緊固件可釋放地連接這些結構,其中可以移除螺栓或緊固件以容許前壁頭座構件21536樞轉實質九十度使得前壁頭座構件21536相鄰(譬如實質地平行於,前壁角柱21532-3)。同樣地,可移除用以可釋放地連接前壁檻台構件21538及前壁角柱21532-3之螺栓或緊固件,以容許前壁檻 台構件21538樞轉實質九十度使得前壁檻台構件21538相鄰(譬如實質地平行於,前壁角柱21532-4)。 For example, the latches 21760-1 and 21760-2 can releasably connect the structures via a bolt or a fastener, wherein the bolts or fasteners can be removed to allow the front wall header member 21536 to pivot substantially ninety degrees before the front The head block members 21536 are adjacent (e.g., substantially parallel to the front wall corner posts 21532-3). Similarly, bolts or fasteners for releasably connecting the front wall sill member 21538 and the front wall corner post 21532-3 can be removed to allow the front wall 槛 The table member 21538 is pivoted substantially ninety degrees such that the front wall sill members 21538 are adjacent (e.g., substantially parallel to the front wall corner posts 21532-4).

如第21A圖所示,前門21402進一步包括一平面性椼架21406。平面性椼架21406在其座接及鎖固位置中係有助於提供對於可逆式可折合貨櫃1800的一抗破壞功能。 As shown in FIG. 21A, the front door 21402 further includes a planar truss 21406. The planar truss 21406 helps provide a tamper resistant function to the reversibly foldable container 1800 in its seated and locked position.

如圖所示,平面性椼架21406橫越前門21402可釋放地座接抵住且延伸自前壁角柱21532-3及21532-4。平面性椼架21406包括直線構件21410。如圖所示,平面性椼架21406形成一三角形,當前門21402側邊長度固定時此形狀將不變。如圖所示,直線構件21410及角柱21532形成平面性椼架21406的節點18414,皆位居前門21402的一二維平面內。平面性椼架21406可為具有一數量的不同橫剖面輪廓之樑的形式。如是橫剖面輪廓係包括但不限於I樑、管狀、矩形、三角形、及正方形、及其他。 As shown, the planar truss 21406 releasably seats across the front door 21402 and extends from the front wall corner posts 21532-3 and 21532-4. The planar truss 21406 includes a linear member 21410. As shown, the planar truss 21406 forms a triangle that will not change when the length of the side of the front door 21402 is fixed. As shown, the linear member 21410 and the corner post 21532 form a node 18414 of the planar truss 21406, all in a two-dimensional plane of the front door 21402. The planar truss 21406 can be in the form of a beam having a number of different cross-sectional profiles. Such cross-sectional profiles include, but are not limited to, I-beams, tubes, rectangles, triangles, and squares, among others.

前壁角柱21532-4亦包括一插座21420,當前門21402位於第一預定位置時,平面性椼架21406的一端部分21422可釋放地座接在插座21420中。在本實施例中,第一預定位置係為當前門21402座接在前壁端構架21533內時前壁端構架21533包括有角柱21532、角配件21534、前壁頭座構件21536及前壁檻台構件21538之處。 The front wall corner post 21532-4 also includes a socket 21420. One end portion 21422 of the planar truss 21406 is releasably seated in the socket 21420 when the front door 21402 is in the first predetermined position. In this embodiment, the first predetermined position is that the front wall end frame 21533 includes the corner post 21532, the corner fitting 21534, the front wall head member 21536 and the front wall platform when the front door 21402 is seated in the front wall end frame 21533. Member 21538.

插座21420可由一諸如板等延伸部18450形成,其被施加至前壁角柱21532的表面、一鎖固板21456、及角配件21534的一部分。當平面性椼架21406的端部分21422座接在插座21420中時,鎖固板21456可被可逆地滑動於端部分 21422上方以鎖固平面性椼架21406。從鎖固位置,鎖固板21456可滑動於一相反移行方向21460以解鎖平面性椼架21406的端部分21422。 The socket 21420 can be formed by an extension 18450, such as a plate, that is applied to the surface of the front wall corner post 21532, a locking plate 21456, and a portion of the corner fitting 21534. When the end portion 21422 of the planar truss 21406 is seated in the socket 21420, the locking plate 21456 can be reversibly slid to the end portion. Above the 21422 is a locking planar truss 21406. From the locked position, the locking plate 21456 can slide in an opposite travel direction 21460 to unlock the end portion 21422 of the planar truss 21406.

當位於第一預定位置時,平面性椼架21406的一部分係對抵前門角柱21532的一部分。如圖所示,對抵住前門角柱21532一部分之平面性椼架21406的此部分係可為端部分21422。當對抵在第一預定位置中時,平面性椼架21406可與前壁端構架21533共同作用以盡量減少可逆式可折合貨櫃的橫向破壞。 When in the first predetermined position, a portion of the planar truss 21406 is abutted against a portion of the front corner post 21532. As shown, this portion of the planar truss 21406 that is against a portion of the front door corner post 21532 can be an end portion 21422. The planar truss 21406 can cooperate with the front wall end frame 21533 to minimize lateral damage of the reversibly foldable container when the pair is in the first predetermined position.

第21A圖顯示:安裝有前門鉸鏈21400之前壁角柱21532-3亦包括一座接區塊21700,當門21402位於第一預定位置時,前門鉸鍊21400的至少一部分可座接在座接區塊21700上。座接區塊21700可在位於第一預定位置時幫助支撐前門21402的重量。前壁21528進一步包括門鎖21716。門鎖21716包括一被安裝至前壁角柱21532-4之框架21718及一滑動構件21720。框架21718係可為有助於界定一插座之“C”形,一安裝至前門21402的延伸構件21722係可以可釋放地座接至該插座內。 FIG. 21A shows that the corner post 21532-3 also includes a joint block 21700 before the front door hinge 21400 is installed. When the door 21402 is at the first predetermined position, at least a portion of the front door hinge 21400 can be seated on the seating block 21700. The seating block 21700 can help support the weight of the front door 21402 when in the first predetermined position. The front wall 21528 further includes a door lock 21716. The door lock 21716 includes a frame 21718 that is mounted to the front wall corner post 21532-4 and a sliding member 21720. The frame 21718 can be a "C" shape that helps define a socket, and an extension member 21722 mounted to the front door 21402 can be releasably seated within the socket.

當滑動構件21720位於一開啟位置時,由框架21718界定的插座係可接收延伸構件21722。一旦延伸構件已被接收於插座中,滑動構件21720可滑動於延伸構件21722的至少一部分上方藉以幫助將前門21402“鎖固”在其第一預定位置。當前門21402將從其第一預定位置被移動時,滑動構件21720及鎖固板21456可滑動藉以開啟其各別 插座因此容許前門21402在門鉸鍊21400上旋轉。 The socket defined by the frame 21718 can receive the extension member 21722 when the sliding member 21720 is in an open position. Once the extension member has been received in the socket, the sliding member 21720 can slide over at least a portion of the extension member 21722 to help "lock" the front door 21402 in its first predetermined position. When the front door 21402 is moved from its first predetermined position, the sliding member 21720 and the locking plate 21456 can be slid to open their respective parts. The socket thus allows the front door 21402 to rotate on the door hinge 21400.

第21A至21C圖顯示將一可逆式可折合貨櫃的前壁21528的前門21402定位使其可位於可逆式可折合貨櫃所界定之一容積內。如本文討論,將可逆式可折合貨櫃的前壁21528的門21402定位在可逆式可折合貨櫃所界定的容積內係包括從前壁端構架21533解鎖門21402、及門椼架21406的一部分。一旦解鎖,門21402可在門鉸鍊21400上樞轉藉以將門21402定位在可逆式可折合貨櫃所界定的容積內。第21B圖顯示此狀態。第21B圖亦顯示:一旦門21402已擺動脫離前壁頭座構件21536及前壁檻台構件21538,這些構件21536及21538可被折合朝向其各別的前壁角柱21532。第21C圖顯示前壁頭座構件21536及前壁檻台構件21538相對於其各別前壁角柱21532被折合。 Figures 21A-21C illustrate positioning the front door 21402 of the front wall 21528 of a reversibly foldable container so that it can be located within one of the volumes defined by the reversibly foldable container. As discussed herein, positioning the door 21402 of the front wall 21528 of the reversibly foldable container within the volume defined by the reversibly foldable container includes unlocking the door 21402 from the front wall end frame 21533, and a portion of the sill frame 21406. Once unlocked, the door 21402 can be pivoted over the door hinge 21400 to position the door 21402 within the volume defined by the reversibly foldable container. Figure 21B shows this state. Figure 21B also shows that once the door 21402 has been pivoted away from the front wall head member 21536 and the front wall platform member 21538, the members 21536 and 21538 can be folded toward their respective front wall corner posts 21532. 21C shows that the front wall header member 21536 and the front wall sill member 21538 are folded relative to their respective front wall corner posts 21532.

現在參照第22A至22D圖,顯示本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃22500之後壁22526。如圖所示,後壁22526係接合於屋頂結構22504、地板結構22502及側壁結構22506-1及22506-2,其中屋頂結構22504、地板結構22502及側壁結構22506-1及22506-2的內部表面22511及後壁22526係界定可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的一容積22512。 Referring now to Figures 22A through 22D, the rear wall 22526 of the reversibly foldable container 22500 of the present disclosure is shown. As shown, the rear wall 22526 is joined to the roof structure 22504, the floor structure 22502, and the side wall structures 22506-1 and 22506-2, wherein the roof structure 22504, the floor structure 22502, and the interior surfaces of the sidewall structures 22506-1 and 22506-2 22511 and rear wall 22526 define a volume 22512 of reversibly foldable container 22500.

如圖所示,後壁22526係包括後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2、一如同本文討論位於後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2上之鉸鍊22344、及一接合至鉸鍊22344之後壁門22542。第22A至22D圖顯示鉸鍊22344在第二預定位置中解鎖於後壁角柱,使得後壁門22542可樞轉至可逆式可折合貨櫃22500 的容積22112內且與側壁結構22506-1及22506-2的內部表面22511相鄰延伸。 As shown, the rear wall 22526 includes rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2, a hinge 22344 as discussed herein on the rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2, and a door hinged to the hinge 22344. 22542. Figures 22A-22D show that the hinge 22344 is unlocked in the second predetermined position to the rear wall corner post such that the rear wall door 22542 can be pivoted to the reversibly foldable container 22500 Within the volume 22112 and adjacent the interior surface 22511 of the sidewall structures 22506-1 and 22506-2.

第22A圖顯示處於未折合狀態在後壁角柱22506-1及22506-2的兩者各者上之一預定點所測量具有經界定的最大寬度22501之可逆式可折合貨櫃22500。確切來說,如同ISO 668第五版1995-12-15所提供,後壁角柱22506-1及22506-2的兩者各者上之預定點係由角配件22534及22534的一外部表面22499所界定。對於不同實施例,在未折合狀態,可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的經界定最大寬度22501係為八(8)呎,如ISO 668第五版1995-12-15所提供。 Figure 22A shows a reversibly foldable container 22500 having a defined maximum width 22501 measured at a predetermined point on each of the rear wall corner posts 22506-1 and 22506-2 in an unfolded state. Specifically, as provided in ISO 668 Fifth Edition 1995-12-15, the predetermined points on each of the rear wall corner posts 22506-1 and 22506-2 are from an outer surface 22499 of the corner fittings 22534 and 22534. Defined. For the different embodiments, in the unfolded state, the defined maximum width 22501 of the reversibly foldable container 22500 is eight (8) inches, as provided by ISO 668 Fifth Edition 1995-12-15.

後壁22526包括一後壁端構架22531,其具有後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2的兩者、一後壁檻台構件22548及一後壁頭座構件22546。後壁檻台構件22548及後壁頭座構件22546係延伸於後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2的兩者之間。後壁檻台構件22548以一檻台鉸鍊22750連接至後壁角柱22532-2的第一者,檻台鉸鍊22750容許後壁檻台構件22548的至少一部分折合朝向後壁角柱22532-1的第一者。後壁頭座構件22546以一頭座鉸鍊22752連接至後壁角柱22532-1的第二者,頭座鉸鍊22752容許後壁頭座構件22546的至少一部分折合朝向後壁角柱22532-1的第二者。 The rear wall 22526 includes a rear wall end frame 22531 having both rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2, a rear wall sill member 22548 and a rear wall header member 22546. The rear wall sill member 22548 and the rear wall header member 22546 extend between the rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2. The rear wall sill member 22548 is coupled to the first of the rear wall corner posts 22532-2 by a sill hinge 22750 that allows at least a portion of the rear wall sill member 22548 to be folded toward the first of the rear wall corner posts 22532-1 By. The rear wall header member 22546 is coupled to the second of the rear wall corner posts 22532-1 by a head hinge 22752 that allows at least a portion of the rear wall header member 22546 to be folded toward the second of the rear wall corner posts 22532-1 .

第22A及22B圖顯示後壁頭座構件22546及後壁檻台構件22548兩者折合的能力。一樞軸銷22756使用在頭座鉸鍊22752及檻台鉸鍊22750中以連接並容許後壁檻台構件22548相對於後壁角柱22502-2第一者、及後壁頭座構件 22546相對於後壁角柱22536-2第二者作旋轉。 Figures 22A and 22B show the ability of both the rear wall header member 22546 and the rear wall sill member 22548 to be folded. A pivot pin 22756 is used in the headrest hinge 22752 and the abutment hinge 22750 to connect and permit the rear wall sill member 22548 relative to the rear wall corner post 22502-2, and the rear wall header member 22546 rotates relative to the second of the rear wall corner posts 22536-2.

使用閂鎖22760-1的第一者將後壁檻台構件22548可釋放地固持至前壁角柱22532-1的第一者。類似地,使用閂鎖22760-2的第二者將後壁頭座構件22546可釋放地固持至後壁角柱22532-2的第二者。當位於鎖固位置時,閂鎖22760-1及22760-2有助於防止後壁檻台構件22548及後壁頭座構件22546相對於其各別後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2移動。當位於解鎖位置時,後壁頭座構件22546及後壁檻台構件22548可折合朝向其各別後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2(顯示於第22A及22B圖)。 The first person using the latch 22760-1 releasably retains the rear wall sill member 22548 to the first of the front wall corner posts 22532-1. Similarly, the second person using the latch 22760-2 releasably retains the rear wall header member 22546 to the second of the rear wall corner posts 22532-2. The latches 22760-1 and 22760-2 help prevent the rear wall sill members 22548 and the rear wall header members 22546 from moving relative to their respective rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2 when in the locked position. When in the unlocked position, the rear wall header member 22546 and the rear wall sill member 22548 can be folded toward their respective rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2 (shown in Figures 22A and 22B).

第22A至22D圖顯示將一可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的後壁22526的後門22542定位使其可位於可逆式可折合貨櫃22500所界定的容積225A12內。如本文討論,將可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的前壁22526的後門22542定位於可逆式可折合貨櫃22500所界定的容積22512內係包括將鎖固桿22558移動至其第二預定位置內,其中凸輪22560自凸輪保持器22566脫離且相對於後壁端構架22531具有一容許凸輪22560及門22542移行通過區域22554、經過後壁端構架22531及凸輪保持器22566、且進入可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的容積22512內之位置。第22A及22B圖顯示:一旦後門22542已擺動脫離後壁頭座構件22546及後壁檻台構件22548,這些構件22546及22548可被折合朝向其各別後壁角柱22532-1及22532-2。第22B圖顯示相對於其各別前壁角柱22532-1及22532-2被折合之後壁頭座構件22546及後壁檻台 構件22548。 22A-22D illustrate positioning of the rear door 22542 of the rear wall 22526 of a reversibly foldable container 22500 to be within the volume 225A12 defined by the reversibly foldable container 22500. As discussed herein, positioning the rear door 22542 of the front wall 22526 of the reversibly foldable container 22500 within the volume 22512 defined by the reversibly foldable container 22500 includes moving the locking bar 22558 into its second predetermined position, wherein the cam The 22560 is disengaged from the cam retainer 22566 and has a volume that allows the cam 22560 and the door 22542 to travel through the region 22554, through the rear wall end frame 22531 and the cam retainer 22566, and into the reversibly foldable container 22500 relative to the rear wall end frame 22531. The location within 22512. 22A and 22B show that once the rear door 22542 has been pivoted away from the rear head block member 22546 and the rear wall sill member 22548, the members 22546 and 22548 can be folded toward their respective rear wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2. Figure 22B shows the head block member 22546 and the rear wall sill after being folded relative to the respective front wall corner posts 22532-1 and 22532-2 Member 22548.

第22A圖亦顯示:地板結構22502包括底側軌22518-1及22518-2,其中地板結構22502中的複數個接合構件以一鉸鍊22020接合至底側軌22518-1及22518-2。此結構將就第20圖作更完整討論。可逆式可折合貨櫃22500亦包括一樑箱22600。如圖所示,樑箱22600可位居底側軌22518-1及22518-2中,其中樑箱包括界定一可供一側向鎖構件22602穿過的開口之表面。對於本實施例,側向鎖構件22602及屋頂結構22504提供結構的範例,由於接合構件2250延伸超過如未折合狀態界定的其經界定最大長度,其如本文討論具有無法或不應延伸超過貨櫃22500的經界定最大寬度22501之一固定長度及/或寬度。 22A also shows that the floor structure 22502 includes bottom side rails 22518-1 and 22518-2, wherein the plurality of joint members in the floor structure 22502 are joined to the bottom side rails 22518-1 and 22518-2 by a hinge 22020. This structure will be discussed more fully in Figure 20. The reversibly foldable container 22500 also includes a beam box 22600. As shown, the beam box 22600 can be positioned in the bottom side rails 22518-1 and 22518-2, wherein the beam box includes a surface defining an opening through which the side lock member 22602 can pass. For the present embodiment, the lateral lock member 22602 and the roof structure 22504 provide an example of a structure that, as discussed herein, may or may not extend beyond the container 22500 as the engagement member 2250 extends beyond its defined maximum length as defined by the unfolded state. One of the maximum widths 22501 is defined as a fixed length and/or width.

當可逆式可折合貨櫃22500位於一折合狀態(譬如第二預定狀態)時,側向鎖構件22602可在底側軌22518-1及22518-2中穿過樑箱22600。其一範例顯示於第22C及22D圖。側向鎖構件22602可具有沿著側向鎖構件22602在預定區位界定開口之表面,一銷22610可經過該等開口被可釋放地座接。在一實施例中,界定經過側向鎖構件22602的開口之表面係容許側向鎖構件22602幫助以如ISO 668第五版1995-12-15所提供的八(8)呎經界定最大寬度22501將可逆式可折合貨櫃22500維持在一未折合狀態。 When the reversibly foldable container 22500 is in a folded state (e.g., a second predetermined state), the lateral lock members 22602 can pass through the beam box 22600 in the bottom side rails 22518-1 and 22518-2. An example of this is shown in Figures 22C and 22D. The lateral lock member 22602 can have a surface that defines an opening at a predetermined location along the lateral lock member 22602 through which a pin 22610 can be releasably seated. In an embodiment, the surface defining the opening through the lateral lock member 22602 allows the lateral lock member 22602 to assist with an eight (8) defined maximum width 22501 as provided by ISO 668 Fifth Edition 1995-12-15. The reversibly foldable container 22500 is maintained in an unfolded state.

可逆式可折合貨櫃22500的屋頂結構22504進一步包括樑箱22600,樑箱22600具有界定一可供側向鎖構件22602穿過的開口之表面。底側軌22518-1及22518-2及屋頂 結構22504的樑箱22600係在可逆式可折合貨櫃22500位於其第二預定狀態時幫助界定其一最小寬度。第22D圖顯示此第二預定狀態的一範例。 The roof structure 22504 of the reversibly foldable freight container 22500 further includes a beam box 22600 having a surface defining an opening through which the lateral lock member 22602 can pass. Bottom rails 22518-1 and 22518-2 and roof The beam box 22600 of the structure 22504 helps define a minimum width when the reversibly foldable container 22500 is in its second predetermined state. Fig. 22D shows an example of this second predetermined state.

屋頂結構22504可包括一第一屋頂面板段22261、一第二屋頂面板段22263、及一第三屋頂面板段22265。屋頂結構22504是可逆式可折合,如本文討論。譬如,隨著接合構件折合至可逆式可折合貨櫃22500內,屋頂面板段22261、22263、22265亦可折合至可逆式可折合貨櫃22500內。屋頂22264可由一或多個鉸鍊連接至第一上側軌22516-1及第二上側軌22516-2。 The roof structure 22504 can include a first roof panel section 22261, a second roof panel section 22263, and a third roof panel section 22265. The roof structure 22504 is reversibly foldable as discussed herein. For example, as the engagement members are folded into the reversibly foldable container 22500, the roof panel segments 22261, 22263, 22265 can also be folded into the reversibly foldable container 22500. The roof 22264 can be coupled to the first upper side rail 22516-1 and the second upper side rail 22516-2 by one or more hinges.

第三屋頂面板段22265可被定位於第一屋頂面板段22261及第二屋頂面板段22263之間。第三屋頂面板段22265係由一或多個鉸鍊連接至第一屋頂面板段22261及第二屋頂面板段22263。對於一或多個實施例,一或多個鉸鍊可為沿著屋頂結構的一縱向軸線延伸之一撓屈支承件(譬如一活鉸鍊)。 The third roof panel section 22265 can be positioned between the first roof panel section 22261 and the second roof panel section 22263. The third roof panel section 22265 is coupled to the first roof panel section 22261 and the second roof panel section 22263 by one or more hinges. For one or more embodiments, the one or more hinges can be one of a flexure support (e.g., a living hinge) extending along a longitudinal axis of the roof structure.

在未折合狀態,屋頂面板段22261、22263、22265各者可實質地平行於彼此(譬如,各屋頂面板段可在第一預定狀態實質地平行於接合構件)。在未折合狀態,屋頂可稱為平坦。在第二預定狀態,屋頂面板段22261、22263可實質地平行於彼此,且屋頂面板段22261、22263各者實質地正交於屋頂面板段22265。在第二預定狀態,屋頂可稱為部份矩形。 In the unfolded state, each of the roof panel sections 22261, 22263, 22265 can be substantially parallel to each other (eg, each roof panel section can be substantially parallel to the engagement member in a first predetermined state). In the unfolded state, the roof can be called flat. In the second predetermined state, the roof panel sections 22261, 22263 can be substantially parallel to each other, and the roof panel sections 22261, 22263 are each substantially orthogonal to the roof panel section 22265. In the second predetermined state, the roof may be referred to as a partial rectangle.

對於一或多個實施例,可逆式可折合貨櫃包括一 地板化表面22266。地板化表面22266可包括一第一地板段22267及一第二地板段22269。地板化表面22266是可逆式可折合,如本文討論。譬如,隨著接合構件折合至可逆式可折合貨櫃22500內,地板段22267、22269亦可折合至可逆式可折合貨櫃22500內。地板化表面22266可連接至一數量的複數個接合構件(譬如與第一底側軌22506-1及/或第二底側軌22506-2相鄰)。可逆式可折合貨櫃22500亦包括堆高囊袋22524。堆高囊袋22524可各為第一及第二底側軌22518-1及22518-2中的一各別開口。 For one or more embodiments, the reversible foldable container includes a Floored surface 22266. The floored surface 22266 can include a first floor segment 22267 and a second floor segment 22269. The floored surface 22266 is reversibly foldable as discussed herein. For example, as the engagement members are folded into the reversibly foldable container 22500, the floor segments 22267, 22269 can also be folded into the reversibly foldable container 22500. The floored surface 22266 can be coupled to a number of a plurality of engagement members (eg, adjacent the first bottom side rail 22506-1 and/or the second bottom side rail 22506-2). The reversibly foldable container 22500 also includes a stack of pouches 22524. The stack pockets 22524 can each be a respective one of the first and second bottom side rails 22518-1 and 22518-2.

如同討論,可逆式可折合貨櫃從未折合狀態轉折至第二預定狀態而不使容器擴張超過未折合狀態。在未折合狀態,可逆式可折合貨櫃可視為位於其經界定最大寬度(譬如未折合寬度)中,如第13圖所見。在第二預定狀態,可逆式可折合貨櫃可具有比經界定最大寬度的60%更小之寬度。譬如,在第二預定狀態,可逆式可折合貨櫃可具有身為經界定最大寬度的50%、經界定最大寬度的40%、經界定最大寬度的30%、經界定最大寬度的25%、或經界定最大寬度的20%之寬度。在可逆式可折合貨櫃在第二預定狀態具有身為經界定最大寬度的25%之寬度的範例中,四個經折合的可逆式可折合貨櫃可儲存在一個未折合容器的空間中。 As discussed, the reversibly foldable container transitions from the unfolded state to the second predetermined state without expanding the container beyond the unfolded state. In the unfolded state, the reversibly foldable container can be considered to be in its defined maximum width (eg, unfolded width) as seen in Figure 13. In the second predetermined state, the reversibly foldable container may have a width that is less than 60% of the defined maximum width. For example, in a second predetermined state, the reversibly foldable container may have a defined maximum width of 50%, a defined maximum width of 40%, a defined maximum width of 30%, a defined maximum width of 25%, or A width of 20% of the maximum width is defined. In an example where the reversibly foldable container has a width of 25% of the defined maximum width in the second predetermined state, the four folded reversibly foldable containers can be stored in a space of the unfolded container.

貨櫃在一船舶及/或載具上時會曝露於多種不同的力。譬如,其在船舶上會曝露於六個自由度的運動:橫搖(rolling),縱搖(pitching),起伏(heaving),橫移(swaying), 縱移(surging),及平擺(yawing)。這些動作可在貨櫃上賦予橫向破壞力,特別是當其處於堆積組態時尤然(譬如堆積十個高之完全負載的貨櫃)。這些橫向破壞力會產生作用扭曲容器的壁及端構架。現在參照第23A及23B圖,顯示可配合貨櫃的門23542使用之一抗破壞支撐件23800(將更完整顯示於本文)。抗破壞支撐件23800包括一第一突耳23802及一第二突耳23804,其皆在一共同方向從一安裝支撐件23806延伸。安裝支撐件23806可具有一包含一正方形或矩形橫剖面形狀(如圖所見)的長形組態。安裝支撐件23806可熔接及/或緊固(譬如螺栓或螺絲接合)至貨櫃的門23542(譬如一內側表面,如第22A圖所示),以使抗破壞支撐件23800的第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804從貨櫃的門23542的一周邊邊緣23809延伸之方式來安裝抗破壞支撐件23800。 Containers are exposed to a variety of different forces when they are on a ship and/or vehicle. For example, it is exposed to six degrees of freedom on the ship: rolling, pitching, heaving, swaying, Surging, and yawing. These actions can impart lateral damage to the container, especially when it is in a stacked configuration (such as stacking ten high full load containers). These lateral destructive forces create a wall and end frame that acts to distort the container. Referring now to Figures 23A and 23B, a tamper-resistant support member 23800 (which will be more fully described herein) is shown for use with the door 23542 of the container. The tamper resistant support 23800 includes a first lug 23802 and a second lug 23804 that all extend from a mounting support 23806 in a common direction. Mounting support 23806 can have an elongated configuration that includes a square or rectangular cross-sectional shape (as seen). The mounting support 23806 can be welded and/or fastened (eg, bolted or screwed) to the door 23542 of the container (eg, an inside surface, as shown in FIG. 22A) such that the first lug 23802 of the damage resistant support 23800 The second lug 23804 is mounted with a break resistant support 23800 extending from a peripheral edge 23809 of the door 23542 of the container.

第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804各具有一第一表面23810,第一表面23810相對於一第二表面23814界定一凹部23812。第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804各者的第一表面23810及第二表面23814可平行於彼此。當安裝至貨櫃的門23542時,第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的凹部23812可在門位於一關閉及/或鎖固(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持件)位置時接收且跨設鉸鍊23544的第二翼23603之至少一部分,如本文所提供。當門位於一關閉及/或鎖固(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持器)位置時,第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的第一表面23810亦可直接相鄰於(譬如沒有中介結構)鉸鍊第二翼23603的至少一部分及/或與其產生實體接觸。類似 地,當門位於一關閉及/或鎖固(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持器)位置時,第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804的第二表面23814亦可直接相鄰於貨櫃的角柱23532的“U”通路23549及/或與其產生實體接觸。結果,當凸輪接合於凸輪保持器時,抗破壞支撐件23800可直接地相鄰於及/或接觸於鉸鍊23544及角柱23532兩者。 The first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 each have a first surface 23810, and the first surface 23810 defines a recess 23812 with respect to a second surface 23814. The first surface 23810 and the second surface 23014 of each of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 can be parallel to each other. When mounted to the door 23542 of the container, the recesses 23812 of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 can be received and traversed when the door is in a closed and/or locked position (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam holder) At least a portion of the second wing 23603 of the hinge 23544, as provided herein. When the door is in a closed and/or locked position (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam holder), the first surface 23810 of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 may also be directly adjacent (eg, without an intermediary structure) At least a portion of the hinged second wing 23603 and/or in physical contact therewith. similar The second surface 23814 of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 may also be directly adjacent to the corner post of the container when the door is in a closed and/or locked position (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam holder). The "U" path 23549 of 23532 and/or physical contact therewith. As a result, the tamper resistant support 23800 can be directly adjacent to and/or in contact with both the hinge 23544 and the corner post 23532 when the cam is engaged with the cam retainer.

第一突耳23802及第二突耳23804各者亦包括一延伸於第一表面23814與第二表面23810之間的第三表面23816。第三表面23816係幫助界定凹部23812。當門23542位於一關閉及/或鎖固(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持件)位置時,第三表面23816亦可直接相鄰於鉸鍊23544的第二翼23603的至少一部分及/或與其產生實體接觸。 Each of the first lug 23802 and the second lug 23804 also includes a third surface 23816 extending between the first surface 23814 and the second surface 23810. The third surface 23816 helps define the recess 23812. When the door 23542 is in a closed and/or locked position (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam holder), the third surface 23816 can also be directly adjacent to at least a portion of the second wing 23603 of the hinge 23544 and/or create an entity therewith. contact.

抗破壞支撐件23800的一者可相對於各鉸鍊23544被安裝至貨櫃的門23542(譬如對於各鉸鍊23544具有一抗破壞支撐件23800)。當貨櫃的門23542被關閉及鎖固時(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持器),抗破壞支撐件23800可幫助阻止貨櫃的橫向破壞。譬如,抗破壞支撐件23800可在破壞期間與U通路23549產生接觸,以幫助門23542保持平行於角柱的平面。抗破壞支撐件23800亦可當其關閉及鎖固(門的凸輪接合於凸輪保持器)時有助於盡量減小貨櫃的門23542的鉸鍊23544上之機械應力。一種達成此作用的方式係藉由使抗破壞支撐件23800與鉸鍊23544(譬如第二翼23603)產生接觸並將鉸鍊23544壓抵住U通路23549藉以使鉸鍊23544在非破壞條件下保持位於其相同的相對位置中。 One of the tamper resistant supports 23800 can be mounted to the door 23542 of the container relative to each hinge 23544 (e.g., having a tamper resistant support 23800 for each hinge 23544). When the door 23542 of the container is closed and locked (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam holder), the damage resistant support 23800 can help prevent lateral damage to the container. For example, the damage resistant support 23800 can make contact with the U-path 23549 during breakage to help the door 23542 remain parallel to the plane of the corner post. The tamper resistant support 23800 can also help minimize mechanical stress on the hinge 23544 of the door 23542 of the container when it is closed and locked (the cam of the door is engaged with the cam retainer). One way to achieve this is by bringing the damage resistant support 23800 into contact with the hinge 23544 (such as the second wing 23603) and pressing the hinge 23544 against the U path 23549 so that the hinge 23544 remains in the same under non-destructive conditions. In the relative position.

如本文討論,在門23542上使用抗破壞支撐件23800係有助於限制破壞力對於貨櫃的衝擊。當處於其關閉及鎖固組態時,抗破壞支撐件23800及鎖固桿係有助於維持門23542在破壞條件下的相對正交位置(譬如維持其矩形形狀對抗外部破壞力)。當發生破壞時,抗破壞支撐件23800可提供一“節點”,破壞力(譬如側向力)可經過其被轉移經過門23542。這些破壞力可經過相鄰門上的抗破壞支撐件23800及/或經由凸輪、凸輪保持器及貨櫃的端構架經過鎖固桿被吸收。連同本揭示的貨櫃及鉸鍊使用抗破壞支撐件23800係可容許如本文提供的一貨櫃符合ISO 1496(第五版1990-08-15)及其修正之要求。 As discussed herein, the use of the vandal resistant support 23800 on the door 23542 helps to limit the impact of destructive forces on the container. When in its closed and locked configuration, the vandal resistant support 23800 and the locking bar are configured to maintain the relative orthogonal position of the door 23542 under destructive conditions (e.g., maintaining its rectangular shape against external destructive forces). When a failure occurs, the damage resistant support 23800 can provide a "node" through which a destructive force (such as a lateral force) can be diverted through the door 23542. These destructive forces may be absorbed by the anti-destructive support 23800 on the adjacent door and/or via the cam, cam retainer and the end frame of the container through the locking bar. The use of the vandal resistant support 23800 in conjunction with the container and hinge of the present disclosure allows a container as provided herein to comply with ISO 1496 (Fifth Edition 1990-08-15) and its amendments.

現在參照第24A及24B圖,顯示一門24542的一實施例(如同從貨櫃“內側”觀看),其中抗破壞支撐件24800被定位成與安裝至角柱24532之鉸鍊24544相鄰。第24A及24B圖亦顯示一安裝至門24542-1及24542-2之抗破壞區塊24820。抗破壞區塊24820包括一籤片24822及一槽24824以可釋放地接收籤片24822。如圖所示,籤片24822從門24542-1的第一者延伸且槽24824從門24542-2的第二者延伸,故當門24542-1的第一者及門245422的第二者各者之凸輪24560接合於其各別凸輪保持器時,籤片24822可座接在槽24824內(譬如完全位於槽24824內)。 Referring now to Figures 24A and 24B, an embodiment of a door 24542 (as viewed from the "inside" of the container) is shown, wherein the damage resistant support 24800 is positioned adjacent the hinge 24544 that is mounted to the corner post 24532. Figures 24A and 24B also show an anti-destruction block 24820 mounted to doors 24542-1 and 24542-2. The tamper resistant block 24820 includes a signature 24822 and a slot 24824 to releasably receive the signature 24822. As shown, the signature 24822 extends from the first of the door 24542-1 and the slot 24824 extends from the second of the door 24542-2, so that the first of the door 24542-1 and the second of the door 245422 are each When the cam 24560 is engaged with its respective cam holder, the tab 24822 can be seated within the slot 24824 (eg, completely within the slot 24824).

抗破壞區塊24820有助於限制破壞力對於貨櫃的衝擊。抗破壞區塊24820亦在橫向破壞期間有助於維持貨櫃的端構架24542之正交對稱性。如圖所示,抗破壞區塊24820 可在水平及垂直平面兩者中轉移力量(譬如經由槽24824的全部三個側邊)。這有助於使門24542-1及24542-2保持位於一共同平面並在橫向破壞期間有助於維持門24542的端構架之正交對稱性。這亦有助於使兩門(24542-1及24542-2)作為一個大結構而非兩個獨立結構。 The anti-destruction block 24820 helps to limit the impact of destructive forces on the container. The tamper resistant block 24820 also helps maintain the orthogonal symmetry of the end frame 24542 of the container during lateral damage. As shown, anti-destruction block 24820 The force can be transferred in both the horizontal and vertical planes (e.g., via all three sides of the slot 24824). This helps keep the doors 24542-1 and 24542-2 in a common plane and helps maintain the orthogonal symmetry of the end frame of the door 24542 during lateral failure. This also helps to make the two doors (24542-1 and 24542-2) a large structure rather than two separate structures.

所以,連同抗破壞支撐件24800及鎖固桿使用的抗破壞區塊24820係有助於在破壞條件下維持門24542的相對對稱性位置(譬如維持其矩形形狀對抗外部破壞力)。譬如,當發生破壞時,抗破壞支撐件24800及抗破壞區塊24820可提供“節點”,破壞力(譬如側向力)可經過其被轉移經過門23542。這些破壞力可經過相鄰門上的抗破壞支撐件24800及/或經由凸輪、凸輪保持器及貨櫃的端構架經過鎖固桿被吸收。 Therefore, the tamper resistant block 24820 used in conjunction with the tamper resistant support 24800 and the locking bar helps maintain the relative symmetry position of the door 24542 under destructive conditions (e.g., maintaining its rectangular shape against external destructive forces). For example, when damage occurs, the damage resistant support 24800 and the damage resistant block 24820 can provide a "node" through which a destructive force, such as a lateral force, can be diverted through the door 23542. These destructive forces may be absorbed by the anti-destructive support 24800 on the adjacent door and/or via the cam, cam retainer and the end frame of the container through the locking bar.

現在參照第25A至25B圖,顯示本揭示的鉸鍊25544及角柱25532之一額外實施例。第25A圖顯示本揭示的角柱25532、一“H”區塊25830及鉸鍊25544之分解部份圖。如圖所示,H區塊25830可被定位於角柱25532的J棒25547及U通路25549之間。H區塊25830可被緊固(譬如熔接)至角柱25532。確切來說,H區塊25830可熔接至角柱25532的J棒25547。為了容納H區塊25830,U通路25549的部分被移除,其中U通路25549的邊緣係可對抵且依意願熔接至H區塊25830。位居角柱25532頂部及底部之H區塊25830亦可被直接熔接至頂及底角配件。 Referring now to Figures 25A-25B, an additional embodiment of hinge 25544 and corner post 25532 of the present disclosure is shown. Figure 25A shows an exploded partial view of the corner post 25532, an "H" block 25830, and a hinge 25544 of the present disclosure. As shown, H block 25830 can be positioned between J-bar 25547 and U-channel 25549 of corner post 25532. H block 25830 can be fastened (eg, welded) to corner post 25532. Specifically, the H block 25830 can be fused to the J-bar 25547 of the corner post 25532. To accommodate the H-block 25830, portions of the U-pass 25549 are removed, with the edges of the U-pass 25549 being responsive to each other and to the H-block 25830 as desired. The H block 25830, which is located at the top and bottom of the corner post 25532, can also be directly welded to the top and bottom corner fittings.

當鉸鍊25544固接至U通路25549時,如本文討 論,H區塊25830可有助於保護鉸鍊25544不受到經由角柱25532傳輸的力(譬如堆積力)。確切來說,H區塊25830可有助於在鉸鍊25544周圍傳輸力量。H區塊25830亦作為用於鉸鍊25544的一座接區塊(譬如,鉸鍊25544可在一端倚靠於H區塊25830的開口中,且H區塊25830另一端提供一用於鎖固銷25832之開啟空間,如本文討論。因此,H區塊25830可有助於保護鎖固銷25832及鉸鍊25544。H區塊25830亦包括從“H”的腳伸入之凹口25834,其中這些凹口25834有助於減緩貨櫃堆積時所形成的應力(藉由有限元素分析模型模擬所確認)。 When the hinge 25544 is fixed to the U path 25549, as discussed herein It is discussed that the H block 25830 can help protect the hinge 25544 from forces (such as stacking forces) transmitted through the corner post 25532. Specifically, H block 25830 can facilitate the transfer of force around hinge 25544. H block 25830 also serves as a junction block for hinge 25544 (for example, hinge 25544 can rest in the opening of H block 25830 at one end, and the other end of H block 25830 provides an opening for locking pin 25832 Space, as discussed herein. Thus, H block 25830 can help protect locking pin 25832 and hinge 25544. H block 25830 also includes a notch 25834 that extends from the foot of "H", wherein these notches 25834 have Helps to alleviate the stresses created by container stacking (as confirmed by finite element analysis model simulations).

U通路25549及H區塊25830皆亦包括一表面25836,表面25836界定一經過U通路25549及H區塊25830之孔25840。孔25840係設定尺寸以接收及可逆地通過一鎖固銷25832的至少一部分。使用鎖固銷25832將鉸鍊25544的第二翼25603可釋放地鎖固至角柱25532及H區塊25830兩者。鎖固銷25832從貨櫃內側被操縱。 Both U-channel 25549 and H-block 25830 also include a surface 25836 that defines a hole 25840 through U-channel 25549 and H-block 25830. The aperture 25840 is sized to receive and reversibly pass at least a portion of a locking pin 25832. The second wing 25603 of the hinge 25544 is releasably locked to both the corner post 25532 and the H block 25830 using a locking pin 25832. The locking pin 25832 is manipulated from the inside of the container.

對於不同實施例,鎖固銷25832可被定位經過孔25840藉以將鉸鍊25544的第二翼25603可釋放地鎖固至角柱25532及H區塊25830兩者,並從孔25840移除藉以從角柱25532及H區塊25830兩者解鎖鉸鍊25544的第二翼25603。確切來說,鎖固銷25832可從孔25840縮回藉以從角柱25532及H區塊25830釋放鉸鍊25544的第二翼25603。一旦釋放,第二翼25603可繞第一鉸鍊銷25605旋轉。為了將第二翼25603鎖固至角柱25532及H區塊25830,鎖固銷25832係對準且重 新插過角柱25532及H區塊25830的孔25840。如本文討論,第一翼25601可藉由一熔接(譬如電弧熔接)製程被緊固至U通路25549及H區塊25830的部分。 For various embodiments, the locking pin 25832 can be positioned through the aperture 25840 to releasably lock the second wing 25603 of the hinge 25544 to both the corner post 25532 and the H block 25830, and removed from the aperture 25840 to be removed from the corner post 25532 And H block 25830 both unlock the second wing 25603 of the hinge 25544. Specifically, the locking pin 25832 can be retracted from the aperture 25840 to release the second wing 25603 of the hinge 25544 from the corner post 25532 and the H block 25830. Once released, the second wing 25603 can be rotated about the first hinge pin 25605. In order to lock the second wing 25603 to the corner post 25532 and the H block 25830, the locking pin 25832 is aligned and heavy. A new hole 25840 of the corner post 25532 and the H block 25830 is inserted. As discussed herein, the first wing 25601 can be secured to portions of the U-path 25549 and H-block 25830 by a fusion (eg, arc welding) process.

第25B圖提供鉸鍊25544的分解圖。如圖所示,鉸鍊25544包括第一翼25601及第二翼25603,其中第一翼25601及第二翼25603被第一鉸鍊銷25605可樞轉地連接。對於不同實施例,第二翼25603係包括具有第一端25609及第二端25611之第一平面性部分25607以及從第一平面性部分25607第一端25609正交地延伸之第二平面性部分25613。第一鉸鍊銷25605將第一翼25601可樞轉地連接至第一平面性部分25607的第二端25611。如圖所示,第二翼25603的第一平面性部分25607的一部分穿過第一翼25601中所界定的一開口,藉以容許第二翼25603的第一平面性部分25607的第二端25611可樞轉地連接至第一鉸鍊銷25605及第一翼25601。 Figure 25B provides an exploded view of the hinge 25544. As shown, the hinge 25544 includes a first wing 25601 and a second wing 25603, wherein the first wing 25601 and the second wing 25603 are pivotally coupled by a first hinge pin 25605. For various embodiments, the second wing 25603 includes a first planar portion 25607 having a first end 25609 and a second end 25561 and a second planar portion extending orthogonally from the first end 25609 of the first planar portion 25607 25,613. The first hinge pin 25605 pivotally connects the first wing 25601 to the second end 25611 of the first planar portion 25607. As shown, a portion of the first planar portion 25607 of the second wing 25603 passes through an opening defined in the first wing 25601, thereby allowing the second end 25611 of the first planar portion 25607 of the second wing 25603 to be The first hinge pin 25605 and the first wing 25601 are pivotally connected.

鉸鍊25544亦包括從第二翼25603的第二平面性部分25613延伸之一對鉸鍊突耳25615。鉸鍊突耳25615的各者具有一第一組的表面25617,第一組的表面25617界定供第二鉸鍊銷25621穿過的開口25619。對於不同實施例,第一翼25601及第二翼25603的第二平面性部分25613包括一表面25640,表面25640界定一供鎖固銷25832可逆地移行經過之開口25642。 The hinge 25544 also includes a pair of hinge lugs 25615 extending from the second planar portion 25613 of the second wing 25603. Each of the hinge lugs 25615 has a first set of surfaces 25617, the first set of surfaces 25617 defining an opening 25619 through which the second hinge pin 25621 passes. For the different embodiments, the second planar portion 25613 of the first wing 25601 and the second wing 25603 includes a surface 25640 that defines an opening 25642 through which the locking pin 25832 can reversibly move.

第二翼25603的第二平面性部分25613係包括第一主要表面25629及與第一主要表面25629相對之第二主要 表面25631。該對的鉸鍊突耳25615從第二平面性部分25613的第一主要表面25629延伸。第一翼25601具有第一主要表面25633及與第一主要表面25633相對之第二主要表面25635。在第一預定位置中,第一翼25601正交於第二翼25603的第一平面性部分25607,且第一翼25601的第一主要表面25633直接地相對且平行於第二平面性部分25613的第二主要表面25631。如本文討論,可以第一翼25601附接至貨櫃的角柱25532且鉸鍊25544的第二翼25603被定位抵住(譬如相鄰於且至少部份接觸於)角柱而發生第一預定位置。 The second planar portion 25613 of the second wing 25603 includes a first major surface 25629 and a second major opposite the first major surface 25629 Surface 25631. The pair of hinge lugs 25615 extend from the first major surface 25629 of the second planar portion 25613. The first wing 25601 has a first major surface 25633 and a second major surface 25635 opposite the first major surface 25633. In the first predetermined position, the first wing 25601 is orthogonal to the first planar portion 25607 of the second wing 25603, and the first major surface 25633 of the first wing 25601 is directly opposite and parallel to the second planar portion 25613 The second major surface 25631. As discussed herein, the first wing 25601 can be attached to the corner post 25532 of the container and the second wing 25603 of the hinge 25544 can be positioned against (eg, adjacent to, and at least partially in contact with) the corner post to occur at a first predetermined position.

第一翼25601具有一第一端25637及一第二端25639。第一鉸鍊銷25605將第一翼25601的第一端25637可樞轉地連接至第二翼25603的第一平面性部分25607之第二端25611。第二平面性部分25613具有對於第一平面性部分25607第一端25609呈現遠末之一端25643,且從第二平面性部分25613延伸之該對突耳25615具有一第一周邊邊緣25645,其中第二平面性部分25613的端25643及鉸鍊突耳25615的第一周邊邊緣25645位居一共同平面中。 The first wing 25601 has a first end 25637 and a second end 25639. The first hinge pin 25605 pivotally connects the first end 25637 of the first wing 25601 to the second end 25611 of the first planar portion 25607 of the second wing 25603. The second planar portion 25613 has a distal end 25643 for the first end 25609 of the first planar portion 25607, and the pair of lugs 25615 extending from the second planar portion 25613 has a first peripheral edge 25545, wherein The end 25643 of the two planar portions 25613 and the first peripheral edge 25645 of the hinge lug 25615 are in a common plane.

鉸鍊25544進一步包括一支撐區塊25650。支撐區塊包括一界定一開口25654之表面25652。支撐區塊25650可被定位抵住第二翼25603的第二平面性部分25613,其中開口25654同心地對準於供鎖固銷25832移行經過之開口25642。支撐區塊25650可熔接至第二翼25603的第二平面性部分25613。支撐區塊25650亦可為去角狀藉以容許貨櫃的門未受阻地擺動。 The hinge 25544 further includes a support block 25650. The support block includes a surface 25652 that defines an opening 25654. The support block 25650 can be positioned against the second planar portion 25613 of the second wing 25603, wherein the opening 25654 is concentrically aligned with the opening 25642 through which the locking pin 25832 travels. The support block 25650 can be welded to the second planar portion 25613 of the second wing 25603. The support block 25550 can also be chamfered to allow the door of the container to swing unimpeded.

對於不同實施例,本文提供的可逆式可折合貨櫃之組件可由適合於且建造成符合ISO標準1496-1(第五版1990-08-15)及其修正之材料形成,其皆整體合併於本文中以供參考。對於不同實施例,本文討論的可逆式可折合貨櫃之組件可由鋼形成。如是鋼的範例係包括但不限於‘耐候鋼’,如標準BS EN 10025-5:2004內所指定,其亦稱為寇騰鋼(CORTEN steel)。對於不同實施例,可逆式可折合貨櫃的地板可由條板(planking wood)或層板(plywood)形成。此外,如同已知配合貨櫃使用之墊片係可依需要配合本揭示的可逆式可折合貨櫃使用。 For various embodiments, the components of the reversibly foldable container provided herein may be formed from materials suitable for and constructed to comply with ISO Standard 1496-1 (Fifth Edition 1990-08-15) and its modifications, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. For reference. For various embodiments, the components of the reversibly foldable container discussed herein may be formed from steel. Examples of steels include, but are not limited to, 'weathering steel', as specified in standard BS EN 10025-5:2004, which is also known as CORTEN steel. For different embodiments, the floor of the reversibly foldable container may be formed from a planking wood or a plywood. In addition, as is known to be used with containers, the gaskets can be used in conjunction with the reversible foldable containers of the present disclosure as needed.

Claims (10)

一種可逆式可折合貨櫃,包含:一屋頂結構;一與該屋頂結構相對之地板結構;位於該地板結構與該屋頂結構之間的側壁結構,該等側壁結構中之每一者具有一外部表面及一與該外部表面相對之內部表面;一接合於該屋頂結構、該地板結構及該等側壁結構之前壁,該前壁包括前壁角柱、一位於該等前壁角柱中之至少一者上之前門鉸鍊以及一接合至該前門鉸鍊之前門;一接合於該屋頂結構、該地板結構及該等側壁結構之後壁,其中該屋頂結構、該地板結構、該等側壁結構的內部表面及該後壁界定該可逆式可折合貨櫃的一容積,該後壁包括後壁角柱、一位於該等後壁角柱上之鉸鍊以及一接合至該鉸鍊之後壁門,其中該鉸鍊可在一第一預定位置中鎖固至該等後壁角柱,使得該後壁門可樞轉於該鉸鍊上以與該側壁結構的外部表面相鄰延伸或可在一第二預定位置中解鎖於該等後壁角柱,使得該後壁門可樞轉至該可逆式可折合貨櫃的容積內並與該側壁結構的內部表面相鄰延伸,且其中在一未折合狀態中,該可逆式可折合貨櫃具有在該等後壁角柱中的兩者的每一者上之一預定點所測量之一預定最大寬度及該地板結構中之複數個接合構件,其中該等接合構件中之每一者包括:一第一長形段,其具有一第一端及一與該第一端相對之第二端,該第二端接合至一第一鉸鍊;一第二長形段,其具有一第一端及一與該第一端相對之第二端,該第二端接合至一第二鉸鍊;及一對抵接頭,其具有一第一對抵構件及一第二對抵構件,其中該第一對抵構件形成該第一長形段的一部份,該第一對抵構件具有一從該第一對抵構件的第一對抵構件肩延伸之突部,該突部具有一遠端,一第一表面及一第二表面以一銳角從該遠端延伸朝向該等第一對抵構件肩;及其中該第二對抵構件具有一插座,該第一對抵構件的該突部可釋放地座接至該插座內,該插座具有以一銳角從該第二對抵構件的一第一端延伸遠離之一第一表面及一第二表面,且該第二對抵構件的該第一端包括從該插座延伸之第二對抵構件肩,故當該第一對抵構件的該突部座接在該第二對抵構件的該插座中時,該突部的該第二表面及該插座的該第二表面碰觸,且該等第二對抵構件肩及該等第一對抵構件肩碰觸。A reversibly foldable freight container comprising: a roof structure; a floor structure opposite the roof structure; a side wall structure between the floor structure and the roof structure, each of the side wall structures having an exterior surface And an inner surface opposite the outer surface; a front wall joined to the roof structure, the floor structure and the side wall structure, the front wall comprising a front wall corner post and at least one of the front wall corner posts a front door hinge and a front door joined to the front door hinge; a joint to the roof structure, the floor structure and the rear wall of the side wall structure, wherein the roof structure, the floor structure, an interior surface of the side wall structure, and the rear The wall defines a volume of the reversibly foldable container, the rear wall including a rear wall corner post, a hinge on the rear wall corner post, and a wall door joined to the hinge, wherein the hinge is at a first predetermined position Centrally locked to the rear wall corner posts such that the rear wall door is pivotable on the hinge to extend adjacent the outer surface of the side wall structure or may be in a second predetermined Centering unlocking the rear wall corner posts such that the rear wall door is pivotable into the volume of the reversibly foldable container and extending adjacent the interior surface of the side wall structure, and wherein in an unfolded state, the The reversibly foldable container has a predetermined maximum width measured at a predetermined point on each of the two of the rear wall corner posts and a plurality of engaging members in the floor structure, wherein the joining members are Each includes: a first elongate section having a first end and a second end opposite the first end, the second end being joined to a first hinge; a second elongate section Having a first end and a second end opposite the first end, the second end being joined to a second hinge; and a pair of abutting joints having a first abutting member and a second abutting member The first abutting member forms a portion of the first elongate member, and the first abutting member has a protrusion extending from a first abutting member shoulder of the first abutting member, the protrusion Having a distal end, a first surface and a second surface extending from the distal end at an acute angle The first abutting member shoulder; and the second abutting member has a socket, the protrusion of the first abutting member is releasably seated in the socket, the socket having an acute angle from the first a first end of the two abutting members extends away from one of the first surface and a second surface, and the first end of the second abutting member includes a second abutting member shoulder extending from the socket, so When the protrusion of the first abutting member is seated in the socket of the second abutting member, the second surface of the protrusion and the second surface of the socket touch, and the second pair The shoulders of the members and the first opposing members are in contact with each other. 如請求項1之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中具有從該第二對抵構件的該第一端延伸遠離的該第一表面及該第二表面之該插座具有等於該第一對抵構件之該第一表面及該第二表面的銳角之一銳角,且當該第一對抵構件的該突部座接在該第二對抵構件的該插座中時,該突部的該第一表面及該插座的該第一表面碰觸,該突部的該第二表面及該插座的該第二表面碰觸,且該等第二對抵構件肩及該等第一對抵構件肩碰觸。The reversibly foldable container of claim 1, wherein the socket having the first surface and the second surface extending away from the first end of the second abutment member has a height equal to the first abutment member An acute angle of the acute angle of the first surface and the second surface, and when the protrusion of the first abutting member is seated in the socket of the second abutting member, the first surface of the protrusion and The first surface of the socket touches, the second surface of the protrusion and the second surface of the socket touch, and the second abutting member shoulder and the first abutting member shoulder touch. 如請求項1之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該第一長形段具有一界定一第一長橢圓形開口之第一表面,該第二長形段具有一界定一第二長橢圓形開口之第二表面,且一緊固件穿過該第一長橢圓形開口及該第二開口以連接該第一長形段及該第二長形段,其中隨著該接合構件從一具有該第一長橢圓形開口與該第二長橢圓形開口的一最小重疊且該第一對抵構件的該突部座接在該第二對抵構件的該插座中之第一預定狀態轉折朝向一相對於該最小重疊具有該第一長橢圓形開口與該第二長橢圓形開口的一最大重疊且該第一對抵構件的該突部從該第二對抵構件的該插座解除座接之第二預定狀態,該第一長橢圓形開口及該第二長橢圓形開口係相對於彼此及該緊固件移動。The reversible foldable container of claim 1 wherein the first elongate section has a first surface defining a first oblong opening and the second elongate section has a second oblong opening defining a second surface, and a fastener passes through the first oblong opening and the second opening to connect the first elongated segment and the second elongated segment, wherein the first member has the first a minimum overlap of the oblong opening and the second oblong opening and the first predetermined state of the first abutting member is seated in the socket of the second abutting member The minimum overlap has a maximum overlap of the first oblong opening and the second oblong opening and the protrusion of the first abutting member is disengaged from the socket of the second abutting member In a predetermined state, the first oblong opening and the second oblong opening are moved relative to each other and the fastener. 如請求項3之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中在該第一預定狀態中,該第一長形段的該第二端與該第二長形段的該第二端之間的一距離提供該接合構件的一經界定最大長度,其中隨著接合構件從該第一預定狀態轉折朝向該第二預定狀態,該第一長形段的該第二端與該第二長形段的該第二端之間的該距離並未超過該經界定最大長度。The reversible foldable container of claim 3, wherein in the first predetermined state, a distance between the second end of the first elongate segment and the second end of the second elongate segment provides the distance a defined maximum length of the engagement member, wherein the second end of the first elongate segment and the second end of the second elongate segment as the engagement member transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state This distance between does not exceed the defined maximum length. 如請求項3之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該第一對抵構件及該第二對抵構件界定用於該第一長形段及該第二長形段之一第一旋轉點;及該第一表面及該第二表面兩者的第二端當被定位抵住該緊固件時,界定與該第一旋轉點不同之用於該第一對抵構件及該第二對抵構件的一第二旋轉點。The reversible foldable container of claim 3, wherein the first abutting member and the second abutting member define a first point of rotation for the first elongate segment and the second elongate segment; a second end of the first surface and the second surface, when positioned against the fastener, defining a different one of the first abutment member and the second abutment member than the first rotation point The second point of rotation. 如請求項5之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中隨著該接合構件從該第一預定狀態轉折朝向該第二預定狀態,該第一長形段及該第二長形段在該第二旋轉點上轉動之前係在該第一旋轉點上轉動。The reversibly foldable container of claim 5, wherein the first elongate segment and the second elongate segment are at the second pivot point as the engaging member transitions from the first predetermined state toward the second predetermined state Rotating at the first point of rotation before turning up. 如申請專利範圍第1項之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該突部的該遠端界定一平面性表面,該平面性表面與該突部的該第一表面形成一鈍角且其中該平面性表面與該突部的該第二表面形成一九十度角。The reversible foldable container of claim 1, wherein the distal end of the protrusion defines a planar surface that forms an obtuse angle with the first surface of the protrusion and wherein the planar surface Forming a ninety degree angle with the second surface of the protrusion. 如請求項7之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該第二對抵構件的該插座包括一具有一平面性表面之第二端,該平面性表面係為該突部的該遠端之該平面性表面的一鏡像。The reversible foldable container of claim 7, wherein the socket of the second abutment member comprises a second end having a planar surface, the planar surface being the planarity of the distal end of the protrusion A mirror image of the surface. 如請求項1之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該等第一對抵構件肩具有一從該突部的該第一表面延伸之第一肩表面及一從該突部的該第二表面延伸之第二肩表面。The reversible foldable container of claim 1, wherein the first abutment member shoulder has a first shoulder surface extending from the first surface of the protrusion and a second surface extending from the protrusion Second shoulder surface. 如請求項3之可逆式可折合貨櫃,其中該第一長橢圓形開口及該第二長橢圓形開口具有一長圓形形狀。The reversible foldable container of claim 3, wherein the first oblong opening and the second oblong opening have an oblong shape.
TW106125306A 2012-08-14 2012-08-14 Reversibly foldable freight container TWI640461B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW106125306A TWI640461B (en) 2012-08-14 2012-08-14 Reversibly foldable freight container

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
TW106125306A TWI640461B (en) 2012-08-14 2012-08-14 Reversibly foldable freight container

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201741210A TW201741210A (en) 2017-12-01
TWI640461B true TWI640461B (en) 2018-11-11

Family

ID=61230125

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106125306A TWI640461B (en) 2012-08-14 2012-08-14 Reversibly foldable freight container

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TWI640461B (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002264993A (en) * 2001-03-07 2002-09-18 Pd System:Kk Transporting container
TWM262477U (en) * 2004-07-23 2005-04-21 F W Sunny Way Entpr Co Ltd Foldable freight container
EP1702864A1 (en) * 2005-03-09 2006-09-20 SCHÜCO International KG Transport and storage frame
US20080029508A1 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Kochanowski George E Stackable and collapsible container

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002264993A (en) * 2001-03-07 2002-09-18 Pd System:Kk Transporting container
TWM262477U (en) * 2004-07-23 2005-04-21 F W Sunny Way Entpr Co Ltd Foldable freight container
EP1702864A1 (en) * 2005-03-09 2006-09-20 SCHÜCO International KG Transport and storage frame
US20080029508A1 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Kochanowski George E Stackable and collapsible container

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201741210A (en) 2017-12-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI582025B (en) Reversibly foldable freight container
US20210010306A1 (en) Door assembly for freight container
US20160052709A1 (en) Abutment joint
US11702278B2 (en) Components and end walls for freight container
US11332922B2 (en) Jointed member
TWI640461B (en) Reversibly foldable freight container
TWI601676B (en) Abutment joint
CN103889861B (en) Reversible can convert into counter and arrange the method for door of counter in the volume of counter